| 1 |
684 |
jeremybenn |
/* A pass for lowering trees to RTL.
|
| 2 |
|
|
Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
|
| 3 |
|
|
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
| 4 |
|
|
|
| 5 |
|
|
This file is part of GCC.
|
| 6 |
|
|
|
| 7 |
|
|
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
| 8 |
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
| 9 |
|
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
| 10 |
|
|
any later version.
|
| 11 |
|
|
|
| 12 |
|
|
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
| 13 |
|
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
| 14 |
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
| 15 |
|
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
| 16 |
|
|
|
| 17 |
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
| 18 |
|
|
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
|
| 19 |
|
|
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
| 20 |
|
|
|
| 21 |
|
|
#include "config.h"
|
| 22 |
|
|
#include "system.h"
|
| 23 |
|
|
#include "coretypes.h"
|
| 24 |
|
|
#include "tm.h"
|
| 25 |
|
|
#include "tree.h"
|
| 26 |
|
|
#include "rtl.h"
|
| 27 |
|
|
#include "tm_p.h"
|
| 28 |
|
|
#include "basic-block.h"
|
| 29 |
|
|
#include "function.h"
|
| 30 |
|
|
#include "expr.h"
|
| 31 |
|
|
#include "langhooks.h"
|
| 32 |
|
|
#include "tree-flow.h"
|
| 33 |
|
|
#include "timevar.h"
|
| 34 |
|
|
#include "tree-dump.h"
|
| 35 |
|
|
#include "tree-pass.h"
|
| 36 |
|
|
#include "except.h"
|
| 37 |
|
|
#include "flags.h"
|
| 38 |
|
|
#include "diagnostic.h"
|
| 39 |
|
|
#include "tree-pretty-print.h"
|
| 40 |
|
|
#include "gimple-pretty-print.h"
|
| 41 |
|
|
#include "toplev.h"
|
| 42 |
|
|
#include "debug.h"
|
| 43 |
|
|
#include "params.h"
|
| 44 |
|
|
#include "tree-inline.h"
|
| 45 |
|
|
#include "value-prof.h"
|
| 46 |
|
|
#include "target.h"
|
| 47 |
|
|
#include "ssaexpand.h"
|
| 48 |
|
|
#include "bitmap.h"
|
| 49 |
|
|
#include "sbitmap.h"
|
| 50 |
|
|
#include "insn-attr.h" /* For INSN_SCHEDULING. */
|
| 51 |
|
|
|
| 52 |
|
|
/* This variable holds information helping the rewriting of SSA trees
|
| 53 |
|
|
into RTL. */
|
| 54 |
|
|
struct ssaexpand SA;
|
| 55 |
|
|
|
| 56 |
|
|
/* This variable holds the currently expanded gimple statement for purposes
|
| 57 |
|
|
of comminucating the profile info to the builtin expanders. */
|
| 58 |
|
|
gimple currently_expanding_gimple_stmt;
|
| 59 |
|
|
|
| 60 |
|
|
static rtx expand_debug_expr (tree);
|
| 61 |
|
|
|
| 62 |
|
|
/* Return an expression tree corresponding to the RHS of GIMPLE
|
| 63 |
|
|
statement STMT. */
|
| 64 |
|
|
|
| 65 |
|
|
tree
|
| 66 |
|
|
gimple_assign_rhs_to_tree (gimple stmt)
|
| 67 |
|
|
{
|
| 68 |
|
|
tree t;
|
| 69 |
|
|
enum gimple_rhs_class grhs_class;
|
| 70 |
|
|
|
| 71 |
|
|
grhs_class = get_gimple_rhs_class (gimple_expr_code (stmt));
|
| 72 |
|
|
|
| 73 |
|
|
if (grhs_class == GIMPLE_TERNARY_RHS)
|
| 74 |
|
|
t = build3 (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt),
|
| 75 |
|
|
TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_lhs (stmt)),
|
| 76 |
|
|
gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt),
|
| 77 |
|
|
gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt),
|
| 78 |
|
|
gimple_assign_rhs3 (stmt));
|
| 79 |
|
|
else if (grhs_class == GIMPLE_BINARY_RHS)
|
| 80 |
|
|
t = build2 (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt),
|
| 81 |
|
|
TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_lhs (stmt)),
|
| 82 |
|
|
gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt),
|
| 83 |
|
|
gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt));
|
| 84 |
|
|
else if (grhs_class == GIMPLE_UNARY_RHS)
|
| 85 |
|
|
t = build1 (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt),
|
| 86 |
|
|
TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_lhs (stmt)),
|
| 87 |
|
|
gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt));
|
| 88 |
|
|
else if (grhs_class == GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS)
|
| 89 |
|
|
{
|
| 90 |
|
|
t = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
|
| 91 |
|
|
/* Avoid modifying this tree in place below. */
|
| 92 |
|
|
if ((gimple_has_location (stmt) && CAN_HAVE_LOCATION_P (t)
|
| 93 |
|
|
&& gimple_location (stmt) != EXPR_LOCATION (t))
|
| 94 |
|
|
|| (gimple_block (stmt)
|
| 95 |
|
|
&& currently_expanding_to_rtl
|
| 96 |
|
|
&& EXPR_P (t)
|
| 97 |
|
|
&& gimple_block (stmt) != TREE_BLOCK (t)))
|
| 98 |
|
|
t = copy_node (t);
|
| 99 |
|
|
}
|
| 100 |
|
|
else
|
| 101 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 102 |
|
|
|
| 103 |
|
|
if (gimple_has_location (stmt) && CAN_HAVE_LOCATION_P (t))
|
| 104 |
|
|
SET_EXPR_LOCATION (t, gimple_location (stmt));
|
| 105 |
|
|
if (gimple_block (stmt) && currently_expanding_to_rtl && EXPR_P (t))
|
| 106 |
|
|
TREE_BLOCK (t) = gimple_block (stmt);
|
| 107 |
|
|
|
| 108 |
|
|
return t;
|
| 109 |
|
|
}
|
| 110 |
|
|
|
| 111 |
|
|
|
| 112 |
|
|
#ifndef STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED
|
| 113 |
|
|
#define STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED 1
|
| 114 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 115 |
|
|
|
| 116 |
|
|
#define SSAVAR(x) (TREE_CODE (x) == SSA_NAME ? SSA_NAME_VAR (x) : x)
|
| 117 |
|
|
|
| 118 |
|
|
/* Associate declaration T with storage space X. If T is no
|
| 119 |
|
|
SSA name this is exactly SET_DECL_RTL, otherwise make the
|
| 120 |
|
|
partition of T associated with X. */
|
| 121 |
|
|
static inline void
|
| 122 |
|
|
set_rtl (tree t, rtx x)
|
| 123 |
|
|
{
|
| 124 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (t) == SSA_NAME)
|
| 125 |
|
|
{
|
| 126 |
|
|
SA.partition_to_pseudo[var_to_partition (SA.map, t)] = x;
|
| 127 |
|
|
if (x && !MEM_P (x))
|
| 128 |
|
|
set_reg_attrs_for_decl_rtl (SSA_NAME_VAR (t), x);
|
| 129 |
|
|
/* For the benefit of debug information at -O0 (where vartracking
|
| 130 |
|
|
doesn't run) record the place also in the base DECL if it's
|
| 131 |
|
|
a normal variable (not a parameter). */
|
| 132 |
|
|
if (x && x != pc_rtx && TREE_CODE (SSA_NAME_VAR (t)) == VAR_DECL)
|
| 133 |
|
|
{
|
| 134 |
|
|
tree var = SSA_NAME_VAR (t);
|
| 135 |
|
|
/* If we don't yet have something recorded, just record it now. */
|
| 136 |
|
|
if (!DECL_RTL_SET_P (var))
|
| 137 |
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL (var, x);
|
| 138 |
|
|
/* If we have it set already to "multiple places" don't
|
| 139 |
|
|
change this. */
|
| 140 |
|
|
else if (DECL_RTL (var) == pc_rtx)
|
| 141 |
|
|
;
|
| 142 |
|
|
/* If we have something recorded and it's not the same place
|
| 143 |
|
|
as we want to record now, we have multiple partitions for the
|
| 144 |
|
|
same base variable, with different places. We can't just
|
| 145 |
|
|
randomly chose one, hence we have to say that we don't know.
|
| 146 |
|
|
This only happens with optimization, and there var-tracking
|
| 147 |
|
|
will figure out the right thing. */
|
| 148 |
|
|
else if (DECL_RTL (var) != x)
|
| 149 |
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL (var, pc_rtx);
|
| 150 |
|
|
}
|
| 151 |
|
|
}
|
| 152 |
|
|
else
|
| 153 |
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL (t, x);
|
| 154 |
|
|
}
|
| 155 |
|
|
|
| 156 |
|
|
/* This structure holds data relevant to one variable that will be
|
| 157 |
|
|
placed in a stack slot. */
|
| 158 |
|
|
struct stack_var
|
| 159 |
|
|
{
|
| 160 |
|
|
/* The Variable. */
|
| 161 |
|
|
tree decl;
|
| 162 |
|
|
|
| 163 |
|
|
/* Initially, the size of the variable. Later, the size of the partition,
|
| 164 |
|
|
if this variable becomes it's partition's representative. */
|
| 165 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT size;
|
| 166 |
|
|
|
| 167 |
|
|
/* The *byte* alignment required for this variable. Or as, with the
|
| 168 |
|
|
size, the alignment for this partition. */
|
| 169 |
|
|
unsigned int alignb;
|
| 170 |
|
|
|
| 171 |
|
|
/* The partition representative. */
|
| 172 |
|
|
size_t representative;
|
| 173 |
|
|
|
| 174 |
|
|
/* The next stack variable in the partition, or EOC. */
|
| 175 |
|
|
size_t next;
|
| 176 |
|
|
|
| 177 |
|
|
/* The numbers of conflicting stack variables. */
|
| 178 |
|
|
bitmap conflicts;
|
| 179 |
|
|
};
|
| 180 |
|
|
|
| 181 |
|
|
#define EOC ((size_t)-1)
|
| 182 |
|
|
|
| 183 |
|
|
/* We have an array of such objects while deciding allocation. */
|
| 184 |
|
|
static struct stack_var *stack_vars;
|
| 185 |
|
|
static size_t stack_vars_alloc;
|
| 186 |
|
|
static size_t stack_vars_num;
|
| 187 |
|
|
static struct pointer_map_t *decl_to_stack_part;
|
| 188 |
|
|
|
| 189 |
|
|
/* An array of indices such that stack_vars[stack_vars_sorted[i]].size
|
| 190 |
|
|
is non-decreasing. */
|
| 191 |
|
|
static size_t *stack_vars_sorted;
|
| 192 |
|
|
|
| 193 |
|
|
/* The phase of the stack frame. This is the known misalignment of
|
| 194 |
|
|
virtual_stack_vars_rtx from PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY. That is,
|
| 195 |
|
|
(frame_offset+frame_phase) % PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY == 0. */
|
| 196 |
|
|
static int frame_phase;
|
| 197 |
|
|
|
| 198 |
|
|
/* Used during expand_used_vars to remember if we saw any decls for
|
| 199 |
|
|
which we'd like to enable stack smashing protection. */
|
| 200 |
|
|
static bool has_protected_decls;
|
| 201 |
|
|
|
| 202 |
|
|
/* Used during expand_used_vars. Remember if we say a character buffer
|
| 203 |
|
|
smaller than our cutoff threshold. Used for -Wstack-protector. */
|
| 204 |
|
|
static bool has_short_buffer;
|
| 205 |
|
|
|
| 206 |
|
|
/* Compute the byte alignment to use for DECL. Ignore alignment
|
| 207 |
|
|
we can't do with expected alignment of the stack boundary. */
|
| 208 |
|
|
|
| 209 |
|
|
static unsigned int
|
| 210 |
|
|
align_local_variable (tree decl)
|
| 211 |
|
|
{
|
| 212 |
|
|
unsigned int align = LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT (decl);
|
| 213 |
|
|
DECL_ALIGN (decl) = align;
|
| 214 |
|
|
return align / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 215 |
|
|
}
|
| 216 |
|
|
|
| 217 |
|
|
/* Allocate SIZE bytes at byte alignment ALIGN from the stack frame.
|
| 218 |
|
|
Return the frame offset. */
|
| 219 |
|
|
|
| 220 |
|
|
static HOST_WIDE_INT
|
| 221 |
|
|
alloc_stack_frame_space (HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
|
| 222 |
|
|
{
|
| 223 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset, new_frame_offset;
|
| 224 |
|
|
|
| 225 |
|
|
new_frame_offset = frame_offset;
|
| 226 |
|
|
if (FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD)
|
| 227 |
|
|
{
|
| 228 |
|
|
new_frame_offset -= size + frame_phase;
|
| 229 |
|
|
new_frame_offset &= -align;
|
| 230 |
|
|
new_frame_offset += frame_phase;
|
| 231 |
|
|
offset = new_frame_offset;
|
| 232 |
|
|
}
|
| 233 |
|
|
else
|
| 234 |
|
|
{
|
| 235 |
|
|
new_frame_offset -= frame_phase;
|
| 236 |
|
|
new_frame_offset += align - 1;
|
| 237 |
|
|
new_frame_offset &= -align;
|
| 238 |
|
|
new_frame_offset += frame_phase;
|
| 239 |
|
|
offset = new_frame_offset;
|
| 240 |
|
|
new_frame_offset += size;
|
| 241 |
|
|
}
|
| 242 |
|
|
frame_offset = new_frame_offset;
|
| 243 |
|
|
|
| 244 |
|
|
if (frame_offset_overflow (frame_offset, cfun->decl))
|
| 245 |
|
|
frame_offset = offset = 0;
|
| 246 |
|
|
|
| 247 |
|
|
return offset;
|
| 248 |
|
|
}
|
| 249 |
|
|
|
| 250 |
|
|
/* Accumulate DECL into STACK_VARS. */
|
| 251 |
|
|
|
| 252 |
|
|
static void
|
| 253 |
|
|
add_stack_var (tree decl)
|
| 254 |
|
|
{
|
| 255 |
|
|
struct stack_var *v;
|
| 256 |
|
|
|
| 257 |
|
|
if (stack_vars_num >= stack_vars_alloc)
|
| 258 |
|
|
{
|
| 259 |
|
|
if (stack_vars_alloc)
|
| 260 |
|
|
stack_vars_alloc = stack_vars_alloc * 3 / 2;
|
| 261 |
|
|
else
|
| 262 |
|
|
stack_vars_alloc = 32;
|
| 263 |
|
|
stack_vars
|
| 264 |
|
|
= XRESIZEVEC (struct stack_var, stack_vars, stack_vars_alloc);
|
| 265 |
|
|
}
|
| 266 |
|
|
if (!decl_to_stack_part)
|
| 267 |
|
|
decl_to_stack_part = pointer_map_create ();
|
| 268 |
|
|
|
| 269 |
|
|
v = &stack_vars[stack_vars_num];
|
| 270 |
|
|
* (size_t *)pointer_map_insert (decl_to_stack_part, decl) = stack_vars_num;
|
| 271 |
|
|
|
| 272 |
|
|
v->decl = decl;
|
| 273 |
|
|
v->size = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (SSAVAR (decl)), 1);
|
| 274 |
|
|
/* Ensure that all variables have size, so that &a != &b for any two
|
| 275 |
|
|
variables that are simultaneously live. */
|
| 276 |
|
|
if (v->size == 0)
|
| 277 |
|
|
v->size = 1;
|
| 278 |
|
|
v->alignb = align_local_variable (SSAVAR (decl));
|
| 279 |
|
|
/* An alignment of zero can mightily confuse us later. */
|
| 280 |
|
|
gcc_assert (v->alignb != 0);
|
| 281 |
|
|
|
| 282 |
|
|
/* All variables are initially in their own partition. */
|
| 283 |
|
|
v->representative = stack_vars_num;
|
| 284 |
|
|
v->next = EOC;
|
| 285 |
|
|
|
| 286 |
|
|
/* All variables initially conflict with no other. */
|
| 287 |
|
|
v->conflicts = NULL;
|
| 288 |
|
|
|
| 289 |
|
|
/* Ensure that this decl doesn't get put onto the list twice. */
|
| 290 |
|
|
set_rtl (decl, pc_rtx);
|
| 291 |
|
|
|
| 292 |
|
|
stack_vars_num++;
|
| 293 |
|
|
}
|
| 294 |
|
|
|
| 295 |
|
|
/* Make the decls associated with luid's X and Y conflict. */
|
| 296 |
|
|
|
| 297 |
|
|
static void
|
| 298 |
|
|
add_stack_var_conflict (size_t x, size_t y)
|
| 299 |
|
|
{
|
| 300 |
|
|
struct stack_var *a = &stack_vars[x];
|
| 301 |
|
|
struct stack_var *b = &stack_vars[y];
|
| 302 |
|
|
if (!a->conflicts)
|
| 303 |
|
|
a->conflicts = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL);
|
| 304 |
|
|
if (!b->conflicts)
|
| 305 |
|
|
b->conflicts = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL);
|
| 306 |
|
|
bitmap_set_bit (a->conflicts, y);
|
| 307 |
|
|
bitmap_set_bit (b->conflicts, x);
|
| 308 |
|
|
}
|
| 309 |
|
|
|
| 310 |
|
|
/* Check whether the decls associated with luid's X and Y conflict. */
|
| 311 |
|
|
|
| 312 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 313 |
|
|
stack_var_conflict_p (size_t x, size_t y)
|
| 314 |
|
|
{
|
| 315 |
|
|
struct stack_var *a = &stack_vars[x];
|
| 316 |
|
|
struct stack_var *b = &stack_vars[y];
|
| 317 |
|
|
if (x == y)
|
| 318 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 319 |
|
|
/* Partitions containing an SSA name result from gimple registers
|
| 320 |
|
|
with things like unsupported modes. They are top-level and
|
| 321 |
|
|
hence conflict with everything else. */
|
| 322 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (a->decl) == SSA_NAME || TREE_CODE (b->decl) == SSA_NAME)
|
| 323 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 324 |
|
|
|
| 325 |
|
|
if (!a->conflicts || !b->conflicts)
|
| 326 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 327 |
|
|
return bitmap_bit_p (a->conflicts, y);
|
| 328 |
|
|
}
|
| 329 |
|
|
|
| 330 |
|
|
/* Returns true if TYPE is or contains a union type. */
|
| 331 |
|
|
|
| 332 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 333 |
|
|
aggregate_contains_union_type (tree type)
|
| 334 |
|
|
{
|
| 335 |
|
|
tree field;
|
| 336 |
|
|
|
| 337 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE
|
| 338 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
|
| 339 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 340 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
|
| 341 |
|
|
return aggregate_contains_union_type (TREE_TYPE (type));
|
| 342 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (type) != RECORD_TYPE)
|
| 343 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 344 |
|
|
|
| 345 |
|
|
for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
|
| 346 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL)
|
| 347 |
|
|
if (aggregate_contains_union_type (TREE_TYPE (field)))
|
| 348 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 349 |
|
|
|
| 350 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 351 |
|
|
}
|
| 352 |
|
|
|
| 353 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of expand_used_vars. If two variables X and Y have alias
|
| 354 |
|
|
sets that do not conflict, then do add a conflict for these variables
|
| 355 |
|
|
in the interference graph. We also need to make sure to add conflicts
|
| 356 |
|
|
for union containing structures. Else RTL alias analysis comes along
|
| 357 |
|
|
and due to type based aliasing rules decides that for two overlapping
|
| 358 |
|
|
union temporaries { short s; int i; } accesses to the same mem through
|
| 359 |
|
|
different types may not alias and happily reorders stores across
|
| 360 |
|
|
life-time boundaries of the temporaries (See PR25654). */
|
| 361 |
|
|
|
| 362 |
|
|
static void
|
| 363 |
|
|
add_alias_set_conflicts (void)
|
| 364 |
|
|
{
|
| 365 |
|
|
size_t i, j, n = stack_vars_num;
|
| 366 |
|
|
|
| 367 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
|
| 368 |
|
|
{
|
| 369 |
|
|
tree type_i = TREE_TYPE (stack_vars[i].decl);
|
| 370 |
|
|
bool aggr_i = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type_i);
|
| 371 |
|
|
bool contains_union;
|
| 372 |
|
|
|
| 373 |
|
|
contains_union = aggregate_contains_union_type (type_i);
|
| 374 |
|
|
for (j = 0; j < i; ++j)
|
| 375 |
|
|
{
|
| 376 |
|
|
tree type_j = TREE_TYPE (stack_vars[j].decl);
|
| 377 |
|
|
bool aggr_j = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type_j);
|
| 378 |
|
|
if (aggr_i != aggr_j
|
| 379 |
|
|
/* Either the objects conflict by means of type based
|
| 380 |
|
|
aliasing rules, or we need to add a conflict. */
|
| 381 |
|
|
|| !objects_must_conflict_p (type_i, type_j)
|
| 382 |
|
|
/* In case the types do not conflict ensure that access
|
| 383 |
|
|
to elements will conflict. In case of unions we have
|
| 384 |
|
|
to be careful as type based aliasing rules may say
|
| 385 |
|
|
access to the same memory does not conflict. So play
|
| 386 |
|
|
safe and add a conflict in this case when
|
| 387 |
|
|
-fstrict-aliasing is used. */
|
| 388 |
|
|
|| (contains_union && flag_strict_aliasing))
|
| 389 |
|
|
add_stack_var_conflict (i, j);
|
| 390 |
|
|
}
|
| 391 |
|
|
}
|
| 392 |
|
|
}
|
| 393 |
|
|
|
| 394 |
|
|
/* Callback for walk_stmt_ops. If OP is a decl touched by add_stack_var
|
| 395 |
|
|
enter its partition number into bitmap DATA. */
|
| 396 |
|
|
|
| 397 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 398 |
|
|
visit_op (gimple stmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, tree op, void *data)
|
| 399 |
|
|
{
|
| 400 |
|
|
bitmap active = (bitmap)data;
|
| 401 |
|
|
op = get_base_address (op);
|
| 402 |
|
|
if (op
|
| 403 |
|
|
&& DECL_P (op)
|
| 404 |
|
|
&& DECL_RTL_IF_SET (op) == pc_rtx)
|
| 405 |
|
|
{
|
| 406 |
|
|
size_t *v = (size_t *) pointer_map_contains (decl_to_stack_part, op);
|
| 407 |
|
|
if (v)
|
| 408 |
|
|
bitmap_set_bit (active, *v);
|
| 409 |
|
|
}
|
| 410 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 411 |
|
|
}
|
| 412 |
|
|
|
| 413 |
|
|
/* Callback for walk_stmt_ops. If OP is a decl touched by add_stack_var
|
| 414 |
|
|
record conflicts between it and all currently active other partitions
|
| 415 |
|
|
from bitmap DATA. */
|
| 416 |
|
|
|
| 417 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 418 |
|
|
visit_conflict (gimple stmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, tree op, void *data)
|
| 419 |
|
|
{
|
| 420 |
|
|
bitmap active = (bitmap)data;
|
| 421 |
|
|
op = get_base_address (op);
|
| 422 |
|
|
if (op
|
| 423 |
|
|
&& DECL_P (op)
|
| 424 |
|
|
&& DECL_RTL_IF_SET (op) == pc_rtx)
|
| 425 |
|
|
{
|
| 426 |
|
|
size_t *v =
|
| 427 |
|
|
(size_t *) pointer_map_contains (decl_to_stack_part, op);
|
| 428 |
|
|
if (v && bitmap_set_bit (active, *v))
|
| 429 |
|
|
{
|
| 430 |
|
|
size_t num = *v;
|
| 431 |
|
|
bitmap_iterator bi;
|
| 432 |
|
|
unsigned i;
|
| 433 |
|
|
gcc_assert (num < stack_vars_num);
|
| 434 |
|
|
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (active, 0, i, bi)
|
| 435 |
|
|
add_stack_var_conflict (num, i);
|
| 436 |
|
|
}
|
| 437 |
|
|
}
|
| 438 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 439 |
|
|
}
|
| 440 |
|
|
|
| 441 |
|
|
/* Helper routine for add_scope_conflicts, calculating the active partitions
|
| 442 |
|
|
at the end of BB, leaving the result in WORK. We're called to generate
|
| 443 |
|
|
conflicts when FOR_CONFLICT is true, otherwise we're just tracking
|
| 444 |
|
|
liveness. */
|
| 445 |
|
|
|
| 446 |
|
|
static void
|
| 447 |
|
|
add_scope_conflicts_1 (basic_block bb, bitmap work, bool for_conflict)
|
| 448 |
|
|
{
|
| 449 |
|
|
edge e;
|
| 450 |
|
|
edge_iterator ei;
|
| 451 |
|
|
gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
|
| 452 |
|
|
bool (*visit)(gimple, tree, void *);
|
| 453 |
|
|
|
| 454 |
|
|
bitmap_clear (work);
|
| 455 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->preds)
|
| 456 |
|
|
bitmap_ior_into (work, (bitmap)e->src->aux);
|
| 457 |
|
|
|
| 458 |
|
|
visit = visit_op;
|
| 459 |
|
|
|
| 460 |
|
|
for (gsi = gsi_start_phis (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
|
| 461 |
|
|
{
|
| 462 |
|
|
gimple stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
|
| 463 |
|
|
walk_stmt_load_store_addr_ops (stmt, work, NULL, NULL, visit);
|
| 464 |
|
|
}
|
| 465 |
|
|
for (gsi = gsi_after_labels (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
|
| 466 |
|
|
{
|
| 467 |
|
|
gimple stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
|
| 468 |
|
|
|
| 469 |
|
|
if (gimple_clobber_p (stmt))
|
| 470 |
|
|
{
|
| 471 |
|
|
tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (stmt);
|
| 472 |
|
|
size_t *v;
|
| 473 |
|
|
/* Nested function lowering might introduce LHSs
|
| 474 |
|
|
that are COMPONENT_REFs. */
|
| 475 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (lhs) != VAR_DECL)
|
| 476 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 477 |
|
|
if (DECL_RTL_IF_SET (lhs) == pc_rtx
|
| 478 |
|
|
&& (v = (size_t *)
|
| 479 |
|
|
pointer_map_contains (decl_to_stack_part, lhs)))
|
| 480 |
|
|
bitmap_clear_bit (work, *v);
|
| 481 |
|
|
}
|
| 482 |
|
|
else if (!is_gimple_debug (stmt))
|
| 483 |
|
|
{
|
| 484 |
|
|
if (for_conflict
|
| 485 |
|
|
&& visit == visit_op)
|
| 486 |
|
|
{
|
| 487 |
|
|
/* If this is the first real instruction in this BB we need
|
| 488 |
|
|
to add conflicts for everything live at this point now.
|
| 489 |
|
|
Unlike classical liveness for named objects we can't
|
| 490 |
|
|
rely on seeing a def/use of the names we're interested in.
|
| 491 |
|
|
There might merely be indirect loads/stores. We'd not add any
|
| 492 |
|
|
conflicts for such partitions. */
|
| 493 |
|
|
bitmap_iterator bi;
|
| 494 |
|
|
unsigned i;
|
| 495 |
|
|
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (work, 0, i, bi)
|
| 496 |
|
|
{
|
| 497 |
|
|
unsigned j;
|
| 498 |
|
|
bitmap_iterator bj;
|
| 499 |
|
|
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (work, i + 1, j, bj)
|
| 500 |
|
|
add_stack_var_conflict (i, j);
|
| 501 |
|
|
}
|
| 502 |
|
|
visit = visit_conflict;
|
| 503 |
|
|
}
|
| 504 |
|
|
walk_stmt_load_store_addr_ops (stmt, work, visit, visit, visit);
|
| 505 |
|
|
}
|
| 506 |
|
|
}
|
| 507 |
|
|
}
|
| 508 |
|
|
|
| 509 |
|
|
/* Generate stack partition conflicts between all partitions that are
|
| 510 |
|
|
simultaneously live. */
|
| 511 |
|
|
|
| 512 |
|
|
static void
|
| 513 |
|
|
add_scope_conflicts (void)
|
| 514 |
|
|
{
|
| 515 |
|
|
basic_block bb;
|
| 516 |
|
|
bool changed;
|
| 517 |
|
|
bitmap work = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL);
|
| 518 |
|
|
|
| 519 |
|
|
/* We approximate the live range of a stack variable by taking the first
|
| 520 |
|
|
mention of its name as starting point(s), and by the end-of-scope
|
| 521 |
|
|
death clobber added by gimplify as ending point(s) of the range.
|
| 522 |
|
|
This overapproximates in the case we for instance moved an address-taken
|
| 523 |
|
|
operation upward, without also moving a dereference to it upwards.
|
| 524 |
|
|
But it's conservatively correct as a variable never can hold values
|
| 525 |
|
|
before its name is mentioned at least once.
|
| 526 |
|
|
|
| 527 |
|
|
We then do a mostly classical bitmap liveness algorithm. */
|
| 528 |
|
|
|
| 529 |
|
|
FOR_ALL_BB (bb)
|
| 530 |
|
|
bb->aux = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL);
|
| 531 |
|
|
|
| 532 |
|
|
changed = true;
|
| 533 |
|
|
while (changed)
|
| 534 |
|
|
{
|
| 535 |
|
|
changed = false;
|
| 536 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
|
| 537 |
|
|
{
|
| 538 |
|
|
bitmap active = (bitmap)bb->aux;
|
| 539 |
|
|
add_scope_conflicts_1 (bb, work, false);
|
| 540 |
|
|
if (bitmap_ior_into (active, work))
|
| 541 |
|
|
changed = true;
|
| 542 |
|
|
}
|
| 543 |
|
|
}
|
| 544 |
|
|
|
| 545 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
|
| 546 |
|
|
add_scope_conflicts_1 (bb, work, true);
|
| 547 |
|
|
|
| 548 |
|
|
BITMAP_FREE (work);
|
| 549 |
|
|
FOR_ALL_BB (bb)
|
| 550 |
|
|
BITMAP_FREE (bb->aux);
|
| 551 |
|
|
}
|
| 552 |
|
|
|
| 553 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of partition_stack_vars. A comparison function for qsort,
|
| 554 |
|
|
sorting an array of indices by the properties of the object. */
|
| 555 |
|
|
|
| 556 |
|
|
static int
|
| 557 |
|
|
stack_var_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
|
| 558 |
|
|
{
|
| 559 |
|
|
size_t ia = *(const size_t *)a;
|
| 560 |
|
|
size_t ib = *(const size_t *)b;
|
| 561 |
|
|
unsigned int aligna = stack_vars[ia].alignb;
|
| 562 |
|
|
unsigned int alignb = stack_vars[ib].alignb;
|
| 563 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT sizea = stack_vars[ia].size;
|
| 564 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT sizeb = stack_vars[ib].size;
|
| 565 |
|
|
tree decla = stack_vars[ia].decl;
|
| 566 |
|
|
tree declb = stack_vars[ib].decl;
|
| 567 |
|
|
bool largea, largeb;
|
| 568 |
|
|
unsigned int uida, uidb;
|
| 569 |
|
|
|
| 570 |
|
|
/* Primary compare on "large" alignment. Large comes first. */
|
| 571 |
|
|
largea = (aligna * BITS_PER_UNIT > MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT);
|
| 572 |
|
|
largeb = (alignb * BITS_PER_UNIT > MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT);
|
| 573 |
|
|
if (largea != largeb)
|
| 574 |
|
|
return (int)largeb - (int)largea;
|
| 575 |
|
|
|
| 576 |
|
|
/* Secondary compare on size, decreasing */
|
| 577 |
|
|
if (sizea > sizeb)
|
| 578 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 579 |
|
|
if (sizea < sizeb)
|
| 580 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 581 |
|
|
|
| 582 |
|
|
/* Tertiary compare on true alignment, decreasing. */
|
| 583 |
|
|
if (aligna < alignb)
|
| 584 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 585 |
|
|
if (aligna > alignb)
|
| 586 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 587 |
|
|
|
| 588 |
|
|
/* Final compare on ID for sort stability, increasing.
|
| 589 |
|
|
Two SSA names are compared by their version, SSA names come before
|
| 590 |
|
|
non-SSA names, and two normal decls are compared by their DECL_UID. */
|
| 591 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decla) == SSA_NAME)
|
| 592 |
|
|
{
|
| 593 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (declb) == SSA_NAME)
|
| 594 |
|
|
uida = SSA_NAME_VERSION (decla), uidb = SSA_NAME_VERSION (declb);
|
| 595 |
|
|
else
|
| 596 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 597 |
|
|
}
|
| 598 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (declb) == SSA_NAME)
|
| 599 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 600 |
|
|
else
|
| 601 |
|
|
uida = DECL_UID (decla), uidb = DECL_UID (declb);
|
| 602 |
|
|
if (uida < uidb)
|
| 603 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 604 |
|
|
if (uida > uidb)
|
| 605 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 606 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 607 |
|
|
}
|
| 608 |
|
|
|
| 609 |
|
|
|
| 610 |
|
|
/* If the points-to solution *PI points to variables that are in a partition
|
| 611 |
|
|
together with other variables add all partition members to the pointed-to
|
| 612 |
|
|
variables bitmap. */
|
| 613 |
|
|
|
| 614 |
|
|
static void
|
| 615 |
|
|
add_partitioned_vars_to_ptset (struct pt_solution *pt,
|
| 616 |
|
|
struct pointer_map_t *decls_to_partitions,
|
| 617 |
|
|
struct pointer_set_t *visited, bitmap temp)
|
| 618 |
|
|
{
|
| 619 |
|
|
bitmap_iterator bi;
|
| 620 |
|
|
unsigned i;
|
| 621 |
|
|
bitmap *part;
|
| 622 |
|
|
|
| 623 |
|
|
if (pt->anything
|
| 624 |
|
|
|| pt->vars == NULL
|
| 625 |
|
|
/* The pointed-to vars bitmap is shared, it is enough to
|
| 626 |
|
|
visit it once. */
|
| 627 |
|
|
|| pointer_set_insert(visited, pt->vars))
|
| 628 |
|
|
return;
|
| 629 |
|
|
|
| 630 |
|
|
bitmap_clear (temp);
|
| 631 |
|
|
|
| 632 |
|
|
/* By using a temporary bitmap to store all members of the partitions
|
| 633 |
|
|
we have to add we make sure to visit each of the partitions only
|
| 634 |
|
|
once. */
|
| 635 |
|
|
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (pt->vars, 0, i, bi)
|
| 636 |
|
|
if ((!temp
|
| 637 |
|
|
|| !bitmap_bit_p (temp, i))
|
| 638 |
|
|
&& (part = (bitmap *) pointer_map_contains (decls_to_partitions,
|
| 639 |
|
|
(void *)(size_t) i)))
|
| 640 |
|
|
bitmap_ior_into (temp, *part);
|
| 641 |
|
|
if (!bitmap_empty_p (temp))
|
| 642 |
|
|
bitmap_ior_into (pt->vars, temp);
|
| 643 |
|
|
}
|
| 644 |
|
|
|
| 645 |
|
|
/* Update points-to sets based on partition info, so we can use them on RTL.
|
| 646 |
|
|
The bitmaps representing stack partitions will be saved until expand,
|
| 647 |
|
|
where partitioned decls used as bases in memory expressions will be
|
| 648 |
|
|
rewritten. */
|
| 649 |
|
|
|
| 650 |
|
|
static void
|
| 651 |
|
|
update_alias_info_with_stack_vars (void)
|
| 652 |
|
|
{
|
| 653 |
|
|
struct pointer_map_t *decls_to_partitions = NULL;
|
| 654 |
|
|
size_t i, j;
|
| 655 |
|
|
tree var = NULL_TREE;
|
| 656 |
|
|
|
| 657 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < stack_vars_num; i++)
|
| 658 |
|
|
{
|
| 659 |
|
|
bitmap part = NULL;
|
| 660 |
|
|
tree name;
|
| 661 |
|
|
struct ptr_info_def *pi;
|
| 662 |
|
|
|
| 663 |
|
|
/* Not interested in partitions with single variable. */
|
| 664 |
|
|
if (stack_vars[i].representative != i
|
| 665 |
|
|
|| stack_vars[i].next == EOC)
|
| 666 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 667 |
|
|
|
| 668 |
|
|
if (!decls_to_partitions)
|
| 669 |
|
|
{
|
| 670 |
|
|
decls_to_partitions = pointer_map_create ();
|
| 671 |
|
|
cfun->gimple_df->decls_to_pointers = pointer_map_create ();
|
| 672 |
|
|
}
|
| 673 |
|
|
|
| 674 |
|
|
/* Create an SSA_NAME that points to the partition for use
|
| 675 |
|
|
as base during alias-oracle queries on RTL for bases that
|
| 676 |
|
|
have been partitioned. */
|
| 677 |
|
|
if (var == NULL_TREE)
|
| 678 |
|
|
var = create_tmp_var (ptr_type_node, NULL);
|
| 679 |
|
|
name = make_ssa_name (var, NULL);
|
| 680 |
|
|
|
| 681 |
|
|
/* Create bitmaps representing partitions. They will be used for
|
| 682 |
|
|
points-to sets later, so use GGC alloc. */
|
| 683 |
|
|
part = BITMAP_GGC_ALLOC ();
|
| 684 |
|
|
for (j = i; j != EOC; j = stack_vars[j].next)
|
| 685 |
|
|
{
|
| 686 |
|
|
tree decl = stack_vars[j].decl;
|
| 687 |
|
|
unsigned int uid = DECL_PT_UID (decl);
|
| 688 |
|
|
/* We should never end up partitioning SSA names (though they
|
| 689 |
|
|
may end up on the stack). Neither should we allocate stack
|
| 690 |
|
|
space to something that is unused and thus unreferenced, except
|
| 691 |
|
|
for -O0 where we are preserving even unreferenced variables. */
|
| 692 |
|
|
gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl)
|
| 693 |
|
|
&& (!optimize
|
| 694 |
|
|
|| referenced_var_lookup (cfun, DECL_UID (decl))));
|
| 695 |
|
|
bitmap_set_bit (part, uid);
|
| 696 |
|
|
*((bitmap *) pointer_map_insert (decls_to_partitions,
|
| 697 |
|
|
(void *)(size_t) uid)) = part;
|
| 698 |
|
|
*((tree *) pointer_map_insert (cfun->gimple_df->decls_to_pointers,
|
| 699 |
|
|
decl)) = name;
|
| 700 |
|
|
}
|
| 701 |
|
|
|
| 702 |
|
|
/* Make the SSA name point to all partition members. */
|
| 703 |
|
|
pi = get_ptr_info (name);
|
| 704 |
|
|
pt_solution_set (&pi->pt, part, false);
|
| 705 |
|
|
}
|
| 706 |
|
|
|
| 707 |
|
|
/* Make all points-to sets that contain one member of a partition
|
| 708 |
|
|
contain all members of the partition. */
|
| 709 |
|
|
if (decls_to_partitions)
|
| 710 |
|
|
{
|
| 711 |
|
|
unsigned i;
|
| 712 |
|
|
struct pointer_set_t *visited = pointer_set_create ();
|
| 713 |
|
|
bitmap temp = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL);
|
| 714 |
|
|
|
| 715 |
|
|
for (i = 1; i < num_ssa_names; i++)
|
| 716 |
|
|
{
|
| 717 |
|
|
tree name = ssa_name (i);
|
| 718 |
|
|
struct ptr_info_def *pi;
|
| 719 |
|
|
|
| 720 |
|
|
if (name
|
| 721 |
|
|
&& POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (name))
|
| 722 |
|
|
&& ((pi = SSA_NAME_PTR_INFO (name)) != NULL))
|
| 723 |
|
|
add_partitioned_vars_to_ptset (&pi->pt, decls_to_partitions,
|
| 724 |
|
|
visited, temp);
|
| 725 |
|
|
}
|
| 726 |
|
|
|
| 727 |
|
|
add_partitioned_vars_to_ptset (&cfun->gimple_df->escaped,
|
| 728 |
|
|
decls_to_partitions, visited, temp);
|
| 729 |
|
|
|
| 730 |
|
|
pointer_set_destroy (visited);
|
| 731 |
|
|
pointer_map_destroy (decls_to_partitions);
|
| 732 |
|
|
BITMAP_FREE (temp);
|
| 733 |
|
|
}
|
| 734 |
|
|
}
|
| 735 |
|
|
|
| 736 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of partition_stack_vars. The UNION portion of a UNION/FIND
|
| 737 |
|
|
partitioning algorithm. Partitions A and B are known to be non-conflicting.
|
| 738 |
|
|
Merge them into a single partition A. */
|
| 739 |
|
|
|
| 740 |
|
|
static void
|
| 741 |
|
|
union_stack_vars (size_t a, size_t b)
|
| 742 |
|
|
{
|
| 743 |
|
|
struct stack_var *vb = &stack_vars[b];
|
| 744 |
|
|
bitmap_iterator bi;
|
| 745 |
|
|
unsigned u;
|
| 746 |
|
|
|
| 747 |
|
|
gcc_assert (stack_vars[b].next == EOC);
|
| 748 |
|
|
/* Add B to A's partition. */
|
| 749 |
|
|
stack_vars[b].next = stack_vars[a].next;
|
| 750 |
|
|
stack_vars[b].representative = a;
|
| 751 |
|
|
stack_vars[a].next = b;
|
| 752 |
|
|
|
| 753 |
|
|
/* Update the required alignment of partition A to account for B. */
|
| 754 |
|
|
if (stack_vars[a].alignb < stack_vars[b].alignb)
|
| 755 |
|
|
stack_vars[a].alignb = stack_vars[b].alignb;
|
| 756 |
|
|
|
| 757 |
|
|
/* Update the interference graph and merge the conflicts. */
|
| 758 |
|
|
if (vb->conflicts)
|
| 759 |
|
|
{
|
| 760 |
|
|
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (vb->conflicts, 0, u, bi)
|
| 761 |
|
|
add_stack_var_conflict (a, stack_vars[u].representative);
|
| 762 |
|
|
BITMAP_FREE (vb->conflicts);
|
| 763 |
|
|
}
|
| 764 |
|
|
}
|
| 765 |
|
|
|
| 766 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of expand_used_vars. Binpack the variables into
|
| 767 |
|
|
partitions constrained by the interference graph. The overall
|
| 768 |
|
|
algorithm used is as follows:
|
| 769 |
|
|
|
| 770 |
|
|
Sort the objects by size in descending order.
|
| 771 |
|
|
For each object A {
|
| 772 |
|
|
S = size(A)
|
| 773 |
|
|
O = 0
|
| 774 |
|
|
loop {
|
| 775 |
|
|
Look for the largest non-conflicting object B with size <= S.
|
| 776 |
|
|
UNION (A, B)
|
| 777 |
|
|
}
|
| 778 |
|
|
}
|
| 779 |
|
|
*/
|
| 780 |
|
|
|
| 781 |
|
|
static void
|
| 782 |
|
|
partition_stack_vars (void)
|
| 783 |
|
|
{
|
| 784 |
|
|
size_t si, sj, n = stack_vars_num;
|
| 785 |
|
|
|
| 786 |
|
|
stack_vars_sorted = XNEWVEC (size_t, stack_vars_num);
|
| 787 |
|
|
for (si = 0; si < n; ++si)
|
| 788 |
|
|
stack_vars_sorted[si] = si;
|
| 789 |
|
|
|
| 790 |
|
|
if (n == 1)
|
| 791 |
|
|
return;
|
| 792 |
|
|
|
| 793 |
|
|
qsort (stack_vars_sorted, n, sizeof (size_t), stack_var_cmp);
|
| 794 |
|
|
|
| 795 |
|
|
for (si = 0; si < n; ++si)
|
| 796 |
|
|
{
|
| 797 |
|
|
size_t i = stack_vars_sorted[si];
|
| 798 |
|
|
unsigned int ialign = stack_vars[i].alignb;
|
| 799 |
|
|
|
| 800 |
|
|
/* Ignore objects that aren't partition representatives. If we
|
| 801 |
|
|
see a var that is not a partition representative, it must
|
| 802 |
|
|
have been merged earlier. */
|
| 803 |
|
|
if (stack_vars[i].representative != i)
|
| 804 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 805 |
|
|
|
| 806 |
|
|
for (sj = si + 1; sj < n; ++sj)
|
| 807 |
|
|
{
|
| 808 |
|
|
size_t j = stack_vars_sorted[sj];
|
| 809 |
|
|
unsigned int jalign = stack_vars[j].alignb;
|
| 810 |
|
|
|
| 811 |
|
|
/* Ignore objects that aren't partition representatives. */
|
| 812 |
|
|
if (stack_vars[j].representative != j)
|
| 813 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 814 |
|
|
|
| 815 |
|
|
/* Ignore conflicting objects. */
|
| 816 |
|
|
if (stack_var_conflict_p (i, j))
|
| 817 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 818 |
|
|
|
| 819 |
|
|
/* Do not mix objects of "small" (supported) alignment
|
| 820 |
|
|
and "large" (unsupported) alignment. */
|
| 821 |
|
|
if ((ialign * BITS_PER_UNIT <= MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT)
|
| 822 |
|
|
!= (jalign * BITS_PER_UNIT <= MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT))
|
| 823 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 824 |
|
|
|
| 825 |
|
|
/* UNION the objects, placing J at OFFSET. */
|
| 826 |
|
|
union_stack_vars (i, j);
|
| 827 |
|
|
}
|
| 828 |
|
|
}
|
| 829 |
|
|
|
| 830 |
|
|
update_alias_info_with_stack_vars ();
|
| 831 |
|
|
}
|
| 832 |
|
|
|
| 833 |
|
|
/* A debugging aid for expand_used_vars. Dump the generated partitions. */
|
| 834 |
|
|
|
| 835 |
|
|
static void
|
| 836 |
|
|
dump_stack_var_partition (void)
|
| 837 |
|
|
{
|
| 838 |
|
|
size_t si, i, j, n = stack_vars_num;
|
| 839 |
|
|
|
| 840 |
|
|
for (si = 0; si < n; ++si)
|
| 841 |
|
|
{
|
| 842 |
|
|
i = stack_vars_sorted[si];
|
| 843 |
|
|
|
| 844 |
|
|
/* Skip variables that aren't partition representatives, for now. */
|
| 845 |
|
|
if (stack_vars[i].representative != i)
|
| 846 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 847 |
|
|
|
| 848 |
|
|
fprintf (dump_file, "Partition %lu: size " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
|
| 849 |
|
|
" align %u\n", (unsigned long) i, stack_vars[i].size,
|
| 850 |
|
|
stack_vars[i].alignb);
|
| 851 |
|
|
|
| 852 |
|
|
for (j = i; j != EOC; j = stack_vars[j].next)
|
| 853 |
|
|
{
|
| 854 |
|
|
fputc ('\t', dump_file);
|
| 855 |
|
|
print_generic_expr (dump_file, stack_vars[j].decl, dump_flags);
|
| 856 |
|
|
}
|
| 857 |
|
|
fputc ('\n', dump_file);
|
| 858 |
|
|
}
|
| 859 |
|
|
}
|
| 860 |
|
|
|
| 861 |
|
|
/* Assign rtl to DECL at BASE + OFFSET. */
|
| 862 |
|
|
|
| 863 |
|
|
static void
|
| 864 |
|
|
expand_one_stack_var_at (tree decl, rtx base, unsigned base_align,
|
| 865 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
|
| 866 |
|
|
{
|
| 867 |
|
|
unsigned align;
|
| 868 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
| 869 |
|
|
|
| 870 |
|
|
/* If this fails, we've overflowed the stack frame. Error nicely? */
|
| 871 |
|
|
gcc_assert (offset == trunc_int_for_mode (offset, Pmode));
|
| 872 |
|
|
|
| 873 |
|
|
x = plus_constant (base, offset);
|
| 874 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_MEM (DECL_MODE (SSAVAR (decl)), x);
|
| 875 |
|
|
|
| 876 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) != SSA_NAME)
|
| 877 |
|
|
{
|
| 878 |
|
|
/* Set alignment we actually gave this decl if it isn't an SSA name.
|
| 879 |
|
|
If it is we generate stack slots only accidentally so it isn't as
|
| 880 |
|
|
important, we'll simply use the alignment that is already set. */
|
| 881 |
|
|
if (base == virtual_stack_vars_rtx)
|
| 882 |
|
|
offset -= frame_phase;
|
| 883 |
|
|
align = offset & -offset;
|
| 884 |
|
|
align *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 885 |
|
|
if (align == 0 || align > base_align)
|
| 886 |
|
|
align = base_align;
|
| 887 |
|
|
|
| 888 |
|
|
/* One would think that we could assert that we're not decreasing
|
| 889 |
|
|
alignment here, but (at least) the i386 port does exactly this
|
| 890 |
|
|
via the MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT hook. */
|
| 891 |
|
|
|
| 892 |
|
|
DECL_ALIGN (decl) = align;
|
| 893 |
|
|
DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl) = 0;
|
| 894 |
|
|
}
|
| 895 |
|
|
|
| 896 |
|
|
set_mem_attributes (x, SSAVAR (decl), true);
|
| 897 |
|
|
set_rtl (decl, x);
|
| 898 |
|
|
}
|
| 899 |
|
|
|
| 900 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of expand_used_vars. Give each partition representative
|
| 901 |
|
|
a unique location within the stack frame. Update each partition member
|
| 902 |
|
|
with that location. */
|
| 903 |
|
|
|
| 904 |
|
|
static void
|
| 905 |
|
|
expand_stack_vars (bool (*pred) (tree))
|
| 906 |
|
|
{
|
| 907 |
|
|
size_t si, i, j, n = stack_vars_num;
|
| 908 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT large_size = 0, large_alloc = 0;
|
| 909 |
|
|
rtx large_base = NULL;
|
| 910 |
|
|
unsigned large_align = 0;
|
| 911 |
|
|
tree decl;
|
| 912 |
|
|
|
| 913 |
|
|
/* Determine if there are any variables requiring "large" alignment.
|
| 914 |
|
|
Since these are dynamically allocated, we only process these if
|
| 915 |
|
|
no predicate involved. */
|
| 916 |
|
|
large_align = stack_vars[stack_vars_sorted[0]].alignb * BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 917 |
|
|
if (pred == NULL && large_align > MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT)
|
| 918 |
|
|
{
|
| 919 |
|
|
/* Find the total size of these variables. */
|
| 920 |
|
|
for (si = 0; si < n; ++si)
|
| 921 |
|
|
{
|
| 922 |
|
|
unsigned alignb;
|
| 923 |
|
|
|
| 924 |
|
|
i = stack_vars_sorted[si];
|
| 925 |
|
|
alignb = stack_vars[i].alignb;
|
| 926 |
|
|
|
| 927 |
|
|
/* Stop when we get to the first decl with "small" alignment. */
|
| 928 |
|
|
if (alignb * BITS_PER_UNIT <= MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT)
|
| 929 |
|
|
break;
|
| 930 |
|
|
|
| 931 |
|
|
/* Skip variables that aren't partition representatives. */
|
| 932 |
|
|
if (stack_vars[i].representative != i)
|
| 933 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 934 |
|
|
|
| 935 |
|
|
/* Skip variables that have already had rtl assigned. See also
|
| 936 |
|
|
add_stack_var where we perpetrate this pc_rtx hack. */
|
| 937 |
|
|
decl = stack_vars[i].decl;
|
| 938 |
|
|
if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == SSA_NAME
|
| 939 |
|
|
? SA.partition_to_pseudo[var_to_partition (SA.map, decl)]
|
| 940 |
|
|
: DECL_RTL (decl)) != pc_rtx)
|
| 941 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 942 |
|
|
|
| 943 |
|
|
large_size += alignb - 1;
|
| 944 |
|
|
large_size &= -(HOST_WIDE_INT)alignb;
|
| 945 |
|
|
large_size += stack_vars[i].size;
|
| 946 |
|
|
}
|
| 947 |
|
|
|
| 948 |
|
|
/* If there were any, allocate space. */
|
| 949 |
|
|
if (large_size > 0)
|
| 950 |
|
|
large_base = allocate_dynamic_stack_space (GEN_INT (large_size), 0,
|
| 951 |
|
|
large_align, true);
|
| 952 |
|
|
}
|
| 953 |
|
|
|
| 954 |
|
|
for (si = 0; si < n; ++si)
|
| 955 |
|
|
{
|
| 956 |
|
|
rtx base;
|
| 957 |
|
|
unsigned base_align, alignb;
|
| 958 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
|
| 959 |
|
|
|
| 960 |
|
|
i = stack_vars_sorted[si];
|
| 961 |
|
|
|
| 962 |
|
|
/* Skip variables that aren't partition representatives, for now. */
|
| 963 |
|
|
if (stack_vars[i].representative != i)
|
| 964 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 965 |
|
|
|
| 966 |
|
|
/* Skip variables that have already had rtl assigned. See also
|
| 967 |
|
|
add_stack_var where we perpetrate this pc_rtx hack. */
|
| 968 |
|
|
decl = stack_vars[i].decl;
|
| 969 |
|
|
if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == SSA_NAME
|
| 970 |
|
|
? SA.partition_to_pseudo[var_to_partition (SA.map, decl)]
|
| 971 |
|
|
: DECL_RTL (decl)) != pc_rtx)
|
| 972 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 973 |
|
|
|
| 974 |
|
|
/* Check the predicate to see whether this variable should be
|
| 975 |
|
|
allocated in this pass. */
|
| 976 |
|
|
if (pred && !pred (decl))
|
| 977 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 978 |
|
|
|
| 979 |
|
|
alignb = stack_vars[i].alignb;
|
| 980 |
|
|
if (alignb * BITS_PER_UNIT <= MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT)
|
| 981 |
|
|
{
|
| 982 |
|
|
offset = alloc_stack_frame_space (stack_vars[i].size, alignb);
|
| 983 |
|
|
base = virtual_stack_vars_rtx;
|
| 984 |
|
|
base_align = crtl->max_used_stack_slot_alignment;
|
| 985 |
|
|
}
|
| 986 |
|
|
else
|
| 987 |
|
|
{
|
| 988 |
|
|
/* Large alignment is only processed in the last pass. */
|
| 989 |
|
|
if (pred)
|
| 990 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 991 |
|
|
gcc_assert (large_base != NULL);
|
| 992 |
|
|
|
| 993 |
|
|
large_alloc += alignb - 1;
|
| 994 |
|
|
large_alloc &= -(HOST_WIDE_INT)alignb;
|
| 995 |
|
|
offset = large_alloc;
|
| 996 |
|
|
large_alloc += stack_vars[i].size;
|
| 997 |
|
|
|
| 998 |
|
|
base = large_base;
|
| 999 |
|
|
base_align = large_align;
|
| 1000 |
|
|
}
|
| 1001 |
|
|
|
| 1002 |
|
|
/* Create rtl for each variable based on their location within the
|
| 1003 |
|
|
partition. */
|
| 1004 |
|
|
for (j = i; j != EOC; j = stack_vars[j].next)
|
| 1005 |
|
|
{
|
| 1006 |
|
|
expand_one_stack_var_at (stack_vars[j].decl,
|
| 1007 |
|
|
base, base_align,
|
| 1008 |
|
|
offset);
|
| 1009 |
|
|
}
|
| 1010 |
|
|
}
|
| 1011 |
|
|
|
| 1012 |
|
|
gcc_assert (large_alloc == large_size);
|
| 1013 |
|
|
}
|
| 1014 |
|
|
|
| 1015 |
|
|
/* Take into account all sizes of partitions and reset DECL_RTLs. */
|
| 1016 |
|
|
static HOST_WIDE_INT
|
| 1017 |
|
|
account_stack_vars (void)
|
| 1018 |
|
|
{
|
| 1019 |
|
|
size_t si, j, i, n = stack_vars_num;
|
| 1020 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT size = 0;
|
| 1021 |
|
|
|
| 1022 |
|
|
for (si = 0; si < n; ++si)
|
| 1023 |
|
|
{
|
| 1024 |
|
|
i = stack_vars_sorted[si];
|
| 1025 |
|
|
|
| 1026 |
|
|
/* Skip variables that aren't partition representatives, for now. */
|
| 1027 |
|
|
if (stack_vars[i].representative != i)
|
| 1028 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 1029 |
|
|
|
| 1030 |
|
|
size += stack_vars[i].size;
|
| 1031 |
|
|
for (j = i; j != EOC; j = stack_vars[j].next)
|
| 1032 |
|
|
set_rtl (stack_vars[j].decl, NULL);
|
| 1033 |
|
|
}
|
| 1034 |
|
|
return size;
|
| 1035 |
|
|
}
|
| 1036 |
|
|
|
| 1037 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of expand_one_var. Called to immediately assign rtl
|
| 1038 |
|
|
to a variable to be allocated in the stack frame. */
|
| 1039 |
|
|
|
| 1040 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1041 |
|
|
expand_one_stack_var (tree var)
|
| 1042 |
|
|
{
|
| 1043 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT size, offset;
|
| 1044 |
|
|
unsigned byte_align;
|
| 1045 |
|
|
|
| 1046 |
|
|
size = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (SSAVAR (var)), 1);
|
| 1047 |
|
|
byte_align = align_local_variable (SSAVAR (var));
|
| 1048 |
|
|
|
| 1049 |
|
|
/* We handle highly aligned variables in expand_stack_vars. */
|
| 1050 |
|
|
gcc_assert (byte_align * BITS_PER_UNIT <= MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT);
|
| 1051 |
|
|
|
| 1052 |
|
|
offset = alloc_stack_frame_space (size, byte_align);
|
| 1053 |
|
|
|
| 1054 |
|
|
expand_one_stack_var_at (var, virtual_stack_vars_rtx,
|
| 1055 |
|
|
crtl->max_used_stack_slot_alignment, offset);
|
| 1056 |
|
|
}
|
| 1057 |
|
|
|
| 1058 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of expand_one_var. Called to assign rtl to a VAR_DECL
|
| 1059 |
|
|
that will reside in a hard register. */
|
| 1060 |
|
|
|
| 1061 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1062 |
|
|
expand_one_hard_reg_var (tree var)
|
| 1063 |
|
|
{
|
| 1064 |
|
|
rest_of_decl_compilation (var, 0, 0);
|
| 1065 |
|
|
}
|
| 1066 |
|
|
|
| 1067 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of expand_one_var. Called to assign rtl to a VAR_DECL
|
| 1068 |
|
|
that will reside in a pseudo register. */
|
| 1069 |
|
|
|
| 1070 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1071 |
|
|
expand_one_register_var (tree var)
|
| 1072 |
|
|
{
|
| 1073 |
|
|
tree decl = SSAVAR (var);
|
| 1074 |
|
|
tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
|
| 1075 |
|
|
enum machine_mode reg_mode = promote_decl_mode (decl, NULL);
|
| 1076 |
|
|
rtx x = gen_reg_rtx (reg_mode);
|
| 1077 |
|
|
|
| 1078 |
|
|
set_rtl (var, x);
|
| 1079 |
|
|
|
| 1080 |
|
|
/* Note if the object is a user variable. */
|
| 1081 |
|
|
if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
|
| 1082 |
|
|
mark_user_reg (x);
|
| 1083 |
|
|
|
| 1084 |
|
|
if (POINTER_TYPE_P (type))
|
| 1085 |
|
|
mark_reg_pointer (x, get_pointer_alignment (var));
|
| 1086 |
|
|
}
|
| 1087 |
|
|
|
| 1088 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of expand_one_var. Called to assign rtl to a VAR_DECL that
|
| 1089 |
|
|
has some associated error, e.g. its type is error-mark. We just need
|
| 1090 |
|
|
to pick something that won't crash the rest of the compiler. */
|
| 1091 |
|
|
|
| 1092 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1093 |
|
|
expand_one_error_var (tree var)
|
| 1094 |
|
|
{
|
| 1095 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (var);
|
| 1096 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
| 1097 |
|
|
|
| 1098 |
|
|
if (mode == BLKmode)
|
| 1099 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, const0_rtx);
|
| 1100 |
|
|
else if (mode == VOIDmode)
|
| 1101 |
|
|
x = const0_rtx;
|
| 1102 |
|
|
else
|
| 1103 |
|
|
x = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
| 1104 |
|
|
|
| 1105 |
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL (var, x);
|
| 1106 |
|
|
}
|
| 1107 |
|
|
|
| 1108 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of expand_one_var. VAR is a variable that will be
|
| 1109 |
|
|
allocated to the local stack frame. Return true if we wish to
|
| 1110 |
|
|
add VAR to STACK_VARS so that it will be coalesced with other
|
| 1111 |
|
|
variables. Return false to allocate VAR immediately.
|
| 1112 |
|
|
|
| 1113 |
|
|
This function is used to reduce the number of variables considered
|
| 1114 |
|
|
for coalescing, which reduces the size of the quadratic problem. */
|
| 1115 |
|
|
|
| 1116 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 1117 |
|
|
defer_stack_allocation (tree var, bool toplevel)
|
| 1118 |
|
|
{
|
| 1119 |
|
|
/* If stack protection is enabled, *all* stack variables must be deferred,
|
| 1120 |
|
|
so that we can re-order the strings to the top of the frame. */
|
| 1121 |
|
|
if (flag_stack_protect)
|
| 1122 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1123 |
|
|
|
| 1124 |
|
|
/* We handle "large" alignment via dynamic allocation. We want to handle
|
| 1125 |
|
|
this extra complication in only one place, so defer them. */
|
| 1126 |
|
|
if (DECL_ALIGN (var) > MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT)
|
| 1127 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1128 |
|
|
|
| 1129 |
|
|
/* Variables in the outermost scope automatically conflict with
|
| 1130 |
|
|
every other variable. The only reason to want to defer them
|
| 1131 |
|
|
at all is that, after sorting, we can more efficiently pack
|
| 1132 |
|
|
small variables in the stack frame. Continue to defer at -O2. */
|
| 1133 |
|
|
if (toplevel && optimize < 2)
|
| 1134 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1135 |
|
|
|
| 1136 |
|
|
/* Without optimization, *most* variables are allocated from the
|
| 1137 |
|
|
stack, which makes the quadratic problem large exactly when we
|
| 1138 |
|
|
want compilation to proceed as quickly as possible. On the
|
| 1139 |
|
|
other hand, we don't want the function's stack frame size to
|
| 1140 |
|
|
get completely out of hand. So we avoid adding scalars and
|
| 1141 |
|
|
"small" aggregates to the list at all. */
|
| 1142 |
|
|
if (optimize == 0 && tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (var), 1) < 32)
|
| 1143 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1144 |
|
|
|
| 1145 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1146 |
|
|
}
|
| 1147 |
|
|
|
| 1148 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of expand_used_vars. Expand one variable according to
|
| 1149 |
|
|
its flavor. Variables to be placed on the stack are not actually
|
| 1150 |
|
|
expanded yet, merely recorded.
|
| 1151 |
|
|
When REALLY_EXPAND is false, only add stack values to be allocated.
|
| 1152 |
|
|
Return stack usage this variable is supposed to take.
|
| 1153 |
|
|
*/
|
| 1154 |
|
|
|
| 1155 |
|
|
static HOST_WIDE_INT
|
| 1156 |
|
|
expand_one_var (tree var, bool toplevel, bool really_expand)
|
| 1157 |
|
|
{
|
| 1158 |
|
|
unsigned int align = BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 1159 |
|
|
tree origvar = var;
|
| 1160 |
|
|
|
| 1161 |
|
|
var = SSAVAR (var);
|
| 1162 |
|
|
|
| 1163 |
|
|
if (TREE_TYPE (var) != error_mark_node && TREE_CODE (var) == VAR_DECL)
|
| 1164 |
|
|
{
|
| 1165 |
|
|
/* Because we don't know if VAR will be in register or on stack,
|
| 1166 |
|
|
we conservatively assume it will be on stack even if VAR is
|
| 1167 |
|
|
eventually put into register after RA pass. For non-automatic
|
| 1168 |
|
|
variables, which won't be on stack, we collect alignment of
|
| 1169 |
|
|
type and ignore user specified alignment. */
|
| 1170 |
|
|
if (TREE_STATIC (var) || DECL_EXTERNAL (var))
|
| 1171 |
|
|
align = MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (var),
|
| 1172 |
|
|
TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (var)),
|
| 1173 |
|
|
TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (var)));
|
| 1174 |
|
|
else if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (var)
|
| 1175 |
|
|
|| (DECL_RTL_SET_P (var) && MEM_P (DECL_RTL (var))))
|
| 1176 |
|
|
/* Don't consider debug only variables with DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P set
|
| 1177 |
|
|
or variables which were assigned a stack slot already by
|
| 1178 |
|
|
expand_one_stack_var_at - in the latter case DECL_ALIGN has been
|
| 1179 |
|
|
changed from the offset chosen to it. */
|
| 1180 |
|
|
align = crtl->stack_alignment_estimated;
|
| 1181 |
|
|
else
|
| 1182 |
|
|
align = MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT (var, DECL_MODE (var), DECL_ALIGN (var));
|
| 1183 |
|
|
|
| 1184 |
|
|
/* If the variable alignment is very large we'll dynamicaly allocate
|
| 1185 |
|
|
it, which means that in-frame portion is just a pointer. */
|
| 1186 |
|
|
if (align > MAX_SUPPORTED_STACK_ALIGNMENT)
|
| 1187 |
|
|
align = POINTER_SIZE;
|
| 1188 |
|
|
}
|
| 1189 |
|
|
|
| 1190 |
|
|
if (SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
|
| 1191 |
|
|
&& crtl->stack_alignment_estimated < align)
|
| 1192 |
|
|
{
|
| 1193 |
|
|
/* stack_alignment_estimated shouldn't change after stack
|
| 1194 |
|
|
realign decision made */
|
| 1195 |
|
|
gcc_assert(!crtl->stack_realign_processed);
|
| 1196 |
|
|
crtl->stack_alignment_estimated = align;
|
| 1197 |
|
|
}
|
| 1198 |
|
|
|
| 1199 |
|
|
/* stack_alignment_needed > PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY is permitted.
|
| 1200 |
|
|
So here we only make sure stack_alignment_needed >= align. */
|
| 1201 |
|
|
if (crtl->stack_alignment_needed < align)
|
| 1202 |
|
|
crtl->stack_alignment_needed = align;
|
| 1203 |
|
|
if (crtl->max_used_stack_slot_alignment < align)
|
| 1204 |
|
|
crtl->max_used_stack_slot_alignment = align;
|
| 1205 |
|
|
|
| 1206 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (origvar) == SSA_NAME)
|
| 1207 |
|
|
{
|
| 1208 |
|
|
gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (var) != VAR_DECL
|
| 1209 |
|
|
|| (!DECL_EXTERNAL (var)
|
| 1210 |
|
|
&& !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (var)
|
| 1211 |
|
|
&& !TREE_STATIC (var)
|
| 1212 |
|
|
&& TREE_TYPE (var) != error_mark_node
|
| 1213 |
|
|
&& !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (var)
|
| 1214 |
|
|
&& really_expand));
|
| 1215 |
|
|
}
|
| 1216 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (var) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (origvar) != SSA_NAME)
|
| 1217 |
|
|
;
|
| 1218 |
|
|
else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (var))
|
| 1219 |
|
|
;
|
| 1220 |
|
|
else if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (var))
|
| 1221 |
|
|
;
|
| 1222 |
|
|
else if (TREE_STATIC (var))
|
| 1223 |
|
|
;
|
| 1224 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (origvar) != SSA_NAME && DECL_RTL_SET_P (var))
|
| 1225 |
|
|
;
|
| 1226 |
|
|
else if (TREE_TYPE (var) == error_mark_node)
|
| 1227 |
|
|
{
|
| 1228 |
|
|
if (really_expand)
|
| 1229 |
|
|
expand_one_error_var (var);
|
| 1230 |
|
|
}
|
| 1231 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (var) == VAR_DECL && DECL_HARD_REGISTER (var))
|
| 1232 |
|
|
{
|
| 1233 |
|
|
if (really_expand)
|
| 1234 |
|
|
expand_one_hard_reg_var (var);
|
| 1235 |
|
|
}
|
| 1236 |
|
|
else if (use_register_for_decl (var))
|
| 1237 |
|
|
{
|
| 1238 |
|
|
if (really_expand)
|
| 1239 |
|
|
expand_one_register_var (origvar);
|
| 1240 |
|
|
}
|
| 1241 |
|
|
else if (!host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (var), 1))
|
| 1242 |
|
|
{
|
| 1243 |
|
|
if (really_expand)
|
| 1244 |
|
|
{
|
| 1245 |
|
|
error ("size of variable %q+D is too large", var);
|
| 1246 |
|
|
expand_one_error_var (var);
|
| 1247 |
|
|
}
|
| 1248 |
|
|
}
|
| 1249 |
|
|
else if (defer_stack_allocation (var, toplevel))
|
| 1250 |
|
|
add_stack_var (origvar);
|
| 1251 |
|
|
else
|
| 1252 |
|
|
{
|
| 1253 |
|
|
if (really_expand)
|
| 1254 |
|
|
expand_one_stack_var (origvar);
|
| 1255 |
|
|
return tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (var), 1);
|
| 1256 |
|
|
}
|
| 1257 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1258 |
|
|
}
|
| 1259 |
|
|
|
| 1260 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of expand_used_vars. Walk down through the BLOCK tree
|
| 1261 |
|
|
expanding variables. Those variables that can be put into registers
|
| 1262 |
|
|
are allocated pseudos; those that can't are put on the stack.
|
| 1263 |
|
|
|
| 1264 |
|
|
TOPLEVEL is true if this is the outermost BLOCK. */
|
| 1265 |
|
|
|
| 1266 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1267 |
|
|
expand_used_vars_for_block (tree block, bool toplevel)
|
| 1268 |
|
|
{
|
| 1269 |
|
|
tree t;
|
| 1270 |
|
|
|
| 1271 |
|
|
/* Expand all variables at this level. */
|
| 1272 |
|
|
for (t = BLOCK_VARS (block); t ; t = DECL_CHAIN (t))
|
| 1273 |
|
|
if (TREE_USED (t)
|
| 1274 |
|
|
&& ((TREE_CODE (t) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (t) != RESULT_DECL)
|
| 1275 |
|
|
|| !DECL_NONSHAREABLE (t)))
|
| 1276 |
|
|
expand_one_var (t, toplevel, true);
|
| 1277 |
|
|
|
| 1278 |
|
|
/* Expand all variables at containing levels. */
|
| 1279 |
|
|
for (t = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block); t ; t = BLOCK_CHAIN (t))
|
| 1280 |
|
|
expand_used_vars_for_block (t, false);
|
| 1281 |
|
|
}
|
| 1282 |
|
|
|
| 1283 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of expand_used_vars. Walk down through the BLOCK tree
|
| 1284 |
|
|
and clear TREE_USED on all local variables. */
|
| 1285 |
|
|
|
| 1286 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1287 |
|
|
clear_tree_used (tree block)
|
| 1288 |
|
|
{
|
| 1289 |
|
|
tree t;
|
| 1290 |
|
|
|
| 1291 |
|
|
for (t = BLOCK_VARS (block); t ; t = DECL_CHAIN (t))
|
| 1292 |
|
|
/* if (!TREE_STATIC (t) && !DECL_EXTERNAL (t)) */
|
| 1293 |
|
|
if ((TREE_CODE (t) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (t) != RESULT_DECL)
|
| 1294 |
|
|
|| !DECL_NONSHAREABLE (t))
|
| 1295 |
|
|
TREE_USED (t) = 0;
|
| 1296 |
|
|
|
| 1297 |
|
|
for (t = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block); t ; t = BLOCK_CHAIN (t))
|
| 1298 |
|
|
clear_tree_used (t);
|
| 1299 |
|
|
}
|
| 1300 |
|
|
|
| 1301 |
|
|
/* Examine TYPE and determine a bit mask of the following features. */
|
| 1302 |
|
|
|
| 1303 |
|
|
#define SPCT_HAS_LARGE_CHAR_ARRAY 1
|
| 1304 |
|
|
#define SPCT_HAS_SMALL_CHAR_ARRAY 2
|
| 1305 |
|
|
#define SPCT_HAS_ARRAY 4
|
| 1306 |
|
|
#define SPCT_HAS_AGGREGATE 8
|
| 1307 |
|
|
|
| 1308 |
|
|
static unsigned int
|
| 1309 |
|
|
stack_protect_classify_type (tree type)
|
| 1310 |
|
|
{
|
| 1311 |
|
|
unsigned int ret = 0;
|
| 1312 |
|
|
tree t;
|
| 1313 |
|
|
|
| 1314 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (type))
|
| 1315 |
|
|
{
|
| 1316 |
|
|
case ARRAY_TYPE:
|
| 1317 |
|
|
t = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (TREE_TYPE (type));
|
| 1318 |
|
|
if (t == char_type_node
|
| 1319 |
|
|
|| t == signed_char_type_node
|
| 1320 |
|
|
|| t == unsigned_char_type_node)
|
| 1321 |
|
|
{
|
| 1322 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max = PARAM_VALUE (PARAM_SSP_BUFFER_SIZE);
|
| 1323 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len;
|
| 1324 |
|
|
|
| 1325 |
|
|
if (!TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type)
|
| 1326 |
|
|
|| !host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type), 1))
|
| 1327 |
|
|
len = max;
|
| 1328 |
|
|
else
|
| 1329 |
|
|
len = tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type), 1);
|
| 1330 |
|
|
|
| 1331 |
|
|
if (len < max)
|
| 1332 |
|
|
ret = SPCT_HAS_SMALL_CHAR_ARRAY | SPCT_HAS_ARRAY;
|
| 1333 |
|
|
else
|
| 1334 |
|
|
ret = SPCT_HAS_LARGE_CHAR_ARRAY | SPCT_HAS_ARRAY;
|
| 1335 |
|
|
}
|
| 1336 |
|
|
else
|
| 1337 |
|
|
ret = SPCT_HAS_ARRAY;
|
| 1338 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1339 |
|
|
|
| 1340 |
|
|
case UNION_TYPE:
|
| 1341 |
|
|
case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
|
| 1342 |
|
|
case RECORD_TYPE:
|
| 1343 |
|
|
ret = SPCT_HAS_AGGREGATE;
|
| 1344 |
|
|
for (t = TYPE_FIELDS (type); t ; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
|
| 1345 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (t) == FIELD_DECL)
|
| 1346 |
|
|
ret |= stack_protect_classify_type (TREE_TYPE (t));
|
| 1347 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1348 |
|
|
|
| 1349 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1350 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1351 |
|
|
}
|
| 1352 |
|
|
|
| 1353 |
|
|
return ret;
|
| 1354 |
|
|
}
|
| 1355 |
|
|
|
| 1356 |
|
|
/* Return nonzero if DECL should be segregated into the "vulnerable" upper
|
| 1357 |
|
|
part of the local stack frame. Remember if we ever return nonzero for
|
| 1358 |
|
|
any variable in this function. The return value is the phase number in
|
| 1359 |
|
|
which the variable should be allocated. */
|
| 1360 |
|
|
|
| 1361 |
|
|
static int
|
| 1362 |
|
|
stack_protect_decl_phase (tree decl)
|
| 1363 |
|
|
{
|
| 1364 |
|
|
unsigned int bits = stack_protect_classify_type (TREE_TYPE (decl));
|
| 1365 |
|
|
int ret = 0;
|
| 1366 |
|
|
|
| 1367 |
|
|
if (bits & SPCT_HAS_SMALL_CHAR_ARRAY)
|
| 1368 |
|
|
has_short_buffer = true;
|
| 1369 |
|
|
|
| 1370 |
|
|
if (flag_stack_protect == 2)
|
| 1371 |
|
|
{
|
| 1372 |
|
|
if ((bits & (SPCT_HAS_SMALL_CHAR_ARRAY | SPCT_HAS_LARGE_CHAR_ARRAY))
|
| 1373 |
|
|
&& !(bits & SPCT_HAS_AGGREGATE))
|
| 1374 |
|
|
ret = 1;
|
| 1375 |
|
|
else if (bits & SPCT_HAS_ARRAY)
|
| 1376 |
|
|
ret = 2;
|
| 1377 |
|
|
}
|
| 1378 |
|
|
else
|
| 1379 |
|
|
ret = (bits & SPCT_HAS_LARGE_CHAR_ARRAY) != 0;
|
| 1380 |
|
|
|
| 1381 |
|
|
if (ret)
|
| 1382 |
|
|
has_protected_decls = true;
|
| 1383 |
|
|
|
| 1384 |
|
|
return ret;
|
| 1385 |
|
|
}
|
| 1386 |
|
|
|
| 1387 |
|
|
/* Two helper routines that check for phase 1 and phase 2. These are used
|
| 1388 |
|
|
as callbacks for expand_stack_vars. */
|
| 1389 |
|
|
|
| 1390 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 1391 |
|
|
stack_protect_decl_phase_1 (tree decl)
|
| 1392 |
|
|
{
|
| 1393 |
|
|
return stack_protect_decl_phase (decl) == 1;
|
| 1394 |
|
|
}
|
| 1395 |
|
|
|
| 1396 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 1397 |
|
|
stack_protect_decl_phase_2 (tree decl)
|
| 1398 |
|
|
{
|
| 1399 |
|
|
return stack_protect_decl_phase (decl) == 2;
|
| 1400 |
|
|
}
|
| 1401 |
|
|
|
| 1402 |
|
|
/* Ensure that variables in different stack protection phases conflict
|
| 1403 |
|
|
so that they are not merged and share the same stack slot. */
|
| 1404 |
|
|
|
| 1405 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1406 |
|
|
add_stack_protection_conflicts (void)
|
| 1407 |
|
|
{
|
| 1408 |
|
|
size_t i, j, n = stack_vars_num;
|
| 1409 |
|
|
unsigned char *phase;
|
| 1410 |
|
|
|
| 1411 |
|
|
phase = XNEWVEC (unsigned char, n);
|
| 1412 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
|
| 1413 |
|
|
phase[i] = stack_protect_decl_phase (stack_vars[i].decl);
|
| 1414 |
|
|
|
| 1415 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
|
| 1416 |
|
|
{
|
| 1417 |
|
|
unsigned char ph_i = phase[i];
|
| 1418 |
|
|
for (j = 0; j < i; ++j)
|
| 1419 |
|
|
if (ph_i != phase[j])
|
| 1420 |
|
|
add_stack_var_conflict (i, j);
|
| 1421 |
|
|
}
|
| 1422 |
|
|
|
| 1423 |
|
|
XDELETEVEC (phase);
|
| 1424 |
|
|
}
|
| 1425 |
|
|
|
| 1426 |
|
|
/* Create a decl for the guard at the top of the stack frame. */
|
| 1427 |
|
|
|
| 1428 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1429 |
|
|
create_stack_guard (void)
|
| 1430 |
|
|
{
|
| 1431 |
|
|
tree guard = build_decl (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl),
|
| 1432 |
|
|
VAR_DECL, NULL, ptr_type_node);
|
| 1433 |
|
|
TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (guard) = 1;
|
| 1434 |
|
|
TREE_USED (guard) = 1;
|
| 1435 |
|
|
expand_one_stack_var (guard);
|
| 1436 |
|
|
crtl->stack_protect_guard = guard;
|
| 1437 |
|
|
}
|
| 1438 |
|
|
|
| 1439 |
|
|
/* Prepare for expanding variables. */
|
| 1440 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1441 |
|
|
init_vars_expansion (void)
|
| 1442 |
|
|
{
|
| 1443 |
|
|
tree t;
|
| 1444 |
|
|
unsigned ix;
|
| 1445 |
|
|
/* Set TREE_USED on all variables in the local_decls. */
|
| 1446 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_LOCAL_DECL (cfun, ix, t)
|
| 1447 |
|
|
TREE_USED (t) = 1;
|
| 1448 |
|
|
|
| 1449 |
|
|
/* Clear TREE_USED on all variables associated with a block scope. */
|
| 1450 |
|
|
clear_tree_used (DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl));
|
| 1451 |
|
|
|
| 1452 |
|
|
/* Initialize local stack smashing state. */
|
| 1453 |
|
|
has_protected_decls = false;
|
| 1454 |
|
|
has_short_buffer = false;
|
| 1455 |
|
|
}
|
| 1456 |
|
|
|
| 1457 |
|
|
/* Free up stack variable graph data. */
|
| 1458 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1459 |
|
|
fini_vars_expansion (void)
|
| 1460 |
|
|
{
|
| 1461 |
|
|
size_t i, n = stack_vars_num;
|
| 1462 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
| 1463 |
|
|
BITMAP_FREE (stack_vars[i].conflicts);
|
| 1464 |
|
|
XDELETEVEC (stack_vars);
|
| 1465 |
|
|
XDELETEVEC (stack_vars_sorted);
|
| 1466 |
|
|
stack_vars = NULL;
|
| 1467 |
|
|
stack_vars_alloc = stack_vars_num = 0;
|
| 1468 |
|
|
pointer_map_destroy (decl_to_stack_part);
|
| 1469 |
|
|
decl_to_stack_part = NULL;
|
| 1470 |
|
|
}
|
| 1471 |
|
|
|
| 1472 |
|
|
/* Make a fair guess for the size of the stack frame of the function
|
| 1473 |
|
|
in NODE. This doesn't have to be exact, the result is only used in
|
| 1474 |
|
|
the inline heuristics. So we don't want to run the full stack var
|
| 1475 |
|
|
packing algorithm (which is quadratic in the number of stack vars).
|
| 1476 |
|
|
Instead, we calculate the total size of all stack vars. This turns
|
| 1477 |
|
|
out to be a pretty fair estimate -- packing of stack vars doesn't
|
| 1478 |
|
|
happen very often. */
|
| 1479 |
|
|
|
| 1480 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT
|
| 1481 |
|
|
estimated_stack_frame_size (struct cgraph_node *node)
|
| 1482 |
|
|
{
|
| 1483 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT size = 0;
|
| 1484 |
|
|
size_t i;
|
| 1485 |
|
|
tree var;
|
| 1486 |
|
|
tree old_cur_fun_decl = current_function_decl;
|
| 1487 |
|
|
referenced_var_iterator rvi;
|
| 1488 |
|
|
struct function *fn = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (node->decl);
|
| 1489 |
|
|
|
| 1490 |
|
|
current_function_decl = node->decl;
|
| 1491 |
|
|
push_cfun (fn);
|
| 1492 |
|
|
|
| 1493 |
|
|
gcc_checking_assert (gimple_referenced_vars (fn));
|
| 1494 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_REFERENCED_VAR (fn, var, rvi)
|
| 1495 |
|
|
size += expand_one_var (var, true, false);
|
| 1496 |
|
|
|
| 1497 |
|
|
if (stack_vars_num > 0)
|
| 1498 |
|
|
{
|
| 1499 |
|
|
/* Fake sorting the stack vars for account_stack_vars (). */
|
| 1500 |
|
|
stack_vars_sorted = XNEWVEC (size_t, stack_vars_num);
|
| 1501 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < stack_vars_num; ++i)
|
| 1502 |
|
|
stack_vars_sorted[i] = i;
|
| 1503 |
|
|
size += account_stack_vars ();
|
| 1504 |
|
|
fini_vars_expansion ();
|
| 1505 |
|
|
}
|
| 1506 |
|
|
pop_cfun ();
|
| 1507 |
|
|
current_function_decl = old_cur_fun_decl;
|
| 1508 |
|
|
return size;
|
| 1509 |
|
|
}
|
| 1510 |
|
|
|
| 1511 |
|
|
/* Expand all variables used in the function. */
|
| 1512 |
|
|
|
| 1513 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1514 |
|
|
expand_used_vars (void)
|
| 1515 |
|
|
{
|
| 1516 |
|
|
tree var, outer_block = DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl);
|
| 1517 |
|
|
VEC(tree,heap) *maybe_local_decls = NULL;
|
| 1518 |
|
|
unsigned i;
|
| 1519 |
|
|
unsigned len;
|
| 1520 |
|
|
|
| 1521 |
|
|
/* Compute the phase of the stack frame for this function. */
|
| 1522 |
|
|
{
|
| 1523 |
|
|
int align = PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 1524 |
|
|
int off = STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET % align;
|
| 1525 |
|
|
frame_phase = off ? align - off : 0;
|
| 1526 |
|
|
}
|
| 1527 |
|
|
|
| 1528 |
|
|
init_vars_expansion ();
|
| 1529 |
|
|
|
| 1530 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < SA.map->num_partitions; i++)
|
| 1531 |
|
|
{
|
| 1532 |
|
|
tree var = partition_to_var (SA.map, i);
|
| 1533 |
|
|
|
| 1534 |
|
|
gcc_assert (is_gimple_reg (var));
|
| 1535 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (SSA_NAME_VAR (var)) == VAR_DECL)
|
| 1536 |
|
|
expand_one_var (var, true, true);
|
| 1537 |
|
|
else
|
| 1538 |
|
|
{
|
| 1539 |
|
|
/* This is a PARM_DECL or RESULT_DECL. For those partitions that
|
| 1540 |
|
|
contain the default def (representing the parm or result itself)
|
| 1541 |
|
|
we don't do anything here. But those which don't contain the
|
| 1542 |
|
|
default def (representing a temporary based on the parm/result)
|
| 1543 |
|
|
we need to allocate space just like for normal VAR_DECLs. */
|
| 1544 |
|
|
if (!bitmap_bit_p (SA.partition_has_default_def, i))
|
| 1545 |
|
|
{
|
| 1546 |
|
|
expand_one_var (var, true, true);
|
| 1547 |
|
|
gcc_assert (SA.partition_to_pseudo[i]);
|
| 1548 |
|
|
}
|
| 1549 |
|
|
}
|
| 1550 |
|
|
}
|
| 1551 |
|
|
|
| 1552 |
|
|
/* At this point all variables on the local_decls with TREE_USED
|
| 1553 |
|
|
set are not associated with any block scope. Lay them out. */
|
| 1554 |
|
|
|
| 1555 |
|
|
len = VEC_length (tree, cfun->local_decls);
|
| 1556 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_LOCAL_DECL (cfun, i, var)
|
| 1557 |
|
|
{
|
| 1558 |
|
|
bool expand_now = false;
|
| 1559 |
|
|
|
| 1560 |
|
|
/* Expanded above already. */
|
| 1561 |
|
|
if (is_gimple_reg (var))
|
| 1562 |
|
|
{
|
| 1563 |
|
|
TREE_USED (var) = 0;
|
| 1564 |
|
|
goto next;
|
| 1565 |
|
|
}
|
| 1566 |
|
|
/* We didn't set a block for static or extern because it's hard
|
| 1567 |
|
|
to tell the difference between a global variable (re)declared
|
| 1568 |
|
|
in a local scope, and one that's really declared there to
|
| 1569 |
|
|
begin with. And it doesn't really matter much, since we're
|
| 1570 |
|
|
not giving them stack space. Expand them now. */
|
| 1571 |
|
|
else if (TREE_STATIC (var) || DECL_EXTERNAL (var))
|
| 1572 |
|
|
expand_now = true;
|
| 1573 |
|
|
|
| 1574 |
|
|
/* If the variable is not associated with any block, then it
|
| 1575 |
|
|
was created by the optimizers, and could be live anywhere
|
| 1576 |
|
|
in the function. */
|
| 1577 |
|
|
else if (TREE_USED (var))
|
| 1578 |
|
|
expand_now = true;
|
| 1579 |
|
|
|
| 1580 |
|
|
/* Finally, mark all variables on the list as used. We'll use
|
| 1581 |
|
|
this in a moment when we expand those associated with scopes. */
|
| 1582 |
|
|
TREE_USED (var) = 1;
|
| 1583 |
|
|
|
| 1584 |
|
|
if (expand_now)
|
| 1585 |
|
|
expand_one_var (var, true, true);
|
| 1586 |
|
|
|
| 1587 |
|
|
next:
|
| 1588 |
|
|
if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (var) && !DECL_IGNORED_P (var))
|
| 1589 |
|
|
{
|
| 1590 |
|
|
rtx rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (var);
|
| 1591 |
|
|
|
| 1592 |
|
|
/* Keep artificial non-ignored vars in cfun->local_decls
|
| 1593 |
|
|
chain until instantiate_decls. */
|
| 1594 |
|
|
if (rtl && (MEM_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONCAT))
|
| 1595 |
|
|
add_local_decl (cfun, var);
|
| 1596 |
|
|
else if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
|
| 1597 |
|
|
/* If rtl isn't set yet, which can happen e.g. with
|
| 1598 |
|
|
-fstack-protector, retry before returning from this
|
| 1599 |
|
|
function. */
|
| 1600 |
|
|
VEC_safe_push (tree, heap, maybe_local_decls, var);
|
| 1601 |
|
|
}
|
| 1602 |
|
|
}
|
| 1603 |
|
|
|
| 1604 |
|
|
/* We duplicated some of the decls in CFUN->LOCAL_DECLS.
|
| 1605 |
|
|
|
| 1606 |
|
|
+-----------------+-----------------+
|
| 1607 |
|
|
| ...processed... | ...duplicates...|
|
| 1608 |
|
|
+-----------------+-----------------+
|
| 1609 |
|
|
^
|
| 1610 |
|
|
+-- LEN points here.
|
| 1611 |
|
|
|
| 1612 |
|
|
We just want the duplicates, as those are the artificial
|
| 1613 |
|
|
non-ignored vars that we want to keep until instantiate_decls.
|
| 1614 |
|
|
Move them down and truncate the array. */
|
| 1615 |
|
|
if (!VEC_empty (tree, cfun->local_decls))
|
| 1616 |
|
|
VEC_block_remove (tree, cfun->local_decls, 0, len);
|
| 1617 |
|
|
|
| 1618 |
|
|
/* At this point, all variables within the block tree with TREE_USED
|
| 1619 |
|
|
set are actually used by the optimized function. Lay them out. */
|
| 1620 |
|
|
expand_used_vars_for_block (outer_block, true);
|
| 1621 |
|
|
|
| 1622 |
|
|
if (stack_vars_num > 0)
|
| 1623 |
|
|
{
|
| 1624 |
|
|
add_scope_conflicts ();
|
| 1625 |
|
|
/* Due to the way alias sets work, no variables with non-conflicting
|
| 1626 |
|
|
alias sets may be assigned the same address. Add conflicts to
|
| 1627 |
|
|
reflect this. */
|
| 1628 |
|
|
add_alias_set_conflicts ();
|
| 1629 |
|
|
|
| 1630 |
|
|
/* If stack protection is enabled, we don't share space between
|
| 1631 |
|
|
vulnerable data and non-vulnerable data. */
|
| 1632 |
|
|
if (flag_stack_protect)
|
| 1633 |
|
|
add_stack_protection_conflicts ();
|
| 1634 |
|
|
|
| 1635 |
|
|
/* Now that we have collected all stack variables, and have computed a
|
| 1636 |
|
|
minimal interference graph, attempt to save some stack space. */
|
| 1637 |
|
|
partition_stack_vars ();
|
| 1638 |
|
|
if (dump_file)
|
| 1639 |
|
|
dump_stack_var_partition ();
|
| 1640 |
|
|
}
|
| 1641 |
|
|
|
| 1642 |
|
|
/* There are several conditions under which we should create a
|
| 1643 |
|
|
stack guard: protect-all, alloca used, protected decls present. */
|
| 1644 |
|
|
if (flag_stack_protect == 2
|
| 1645 |
|
|
|| (flag_stack_protect
|
| 1646 |
|
|
&& (cfun->calls_alloca || has_protected_decls)))
|
| 1647 |
|
|
create_stack_guard ();
|
| 1648 |
|
|
|
| 1649 |
|
|
/* Assign rtl to each variable based on these partitions. */
|
| 1650 |
|
|
if (stack_vars_num > 0)
|
| 1651 |
|
|
{
|
| 1652 |
|
|
/* Reorder decls to be protected by iterating over the variables
|
| 1653 |
|
|
array multiple times, and allocating out of each phase in turn. */
|
| 1654 |
|
|
/* ??? We could probably integrate this into the qsort we did
|
| 1655 |
|
|
earlier, such that we naturally see these variables first,
|
| 1656 |
|
|
and thus naturally allocate things in the right order. */
|
| 1657 |
|
|
if (has_protected_decls)
|
| 1658 |
|
|
{
|
| 1659 |
|
|
/* Phase 1 contains only character arrays. */
|
| 1660 |
|
|
expand_stack_vars (stack_protect_decl_phase_1);
|
| 1661 |
|
|
|
| 1662 |
|
|
/* Phase 2 contains other kinds of arrays. */
|
| 1663 |
|
|
if (flag_stack_protect == 2)
|
| 1664 |
|
|
expand_stack_vars (stack_protect_decl_phase_2);
|
| 1665 |
|
|
}
|
| 1666 |
|
|
|
| 1667 |
|
|
expand_stack_vars (NULL);
|
| 1668 |
|
|
|
| 1669 |
|
|
fini_vars_expansion ();
|
| 1670 |
|
|
}
|
| 1671 |
|
|
|
| 1672 |
|
|
/* If there were any artificial non-ignored vars without rtl
|
| 1673 |
|
|
found earlier, see if deferred stack allocation hasn't assigned
|
| 1674 |
|
|
rtl to them. */
|
| 1675 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT_REVERSE (tree, maybe_local_decls, i, var)
|
| 1676 |
|
|
{
|
| 1677 |
|
|
rtx rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (var);
|
| 1678 |
|
|
|
| 1679 |
|
|
/* Keep artificial non-ignored vars in cfun->local_decls
|
| 1680 |
|
|
chain until instantiate_decls. */
|
| 1681 |
|
|
if (rtl && (MEM_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONCAT))
|
| 1682 |
|
|
add_local_decl (cfun, var);
|
| 1683 |
|
|
}
|
| 1684 |
|
|
VEC_free (tree, heap, maybe_local_decls);
|
| 1685 |
|
|
|
| 1686 |
|
|
/* If the target requires that FRAME_OFFSET be aligned, do it. */
|
| 1687 |
|
|
if (STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED)
|
| 1688 |
|
|
{
|
| 1689 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT align = PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 1690 |
|
|
if (!FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD)
|
| 1691 |
|
|
frame_offset += align - 1;
|
| 1692 |
|
|
frame_offset &= -align;
|
| 1693 |
|
|
}
|
| 1694 |
|
|
}
|
| 1695 |
|
|
|
| 1696 |
|
|
|
| 1697 |
|
|
/* If we need to produce a detailed dump, print the tree representation
|
| 1698 |
|
|
for STMT to the dump file. SINCE is the last RTX after which the RTL
|
| 1699 |
|
|
generated for STMT should have been appended. */
|
| 1700 |
|
|
|
| 1701 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1702 |
|
|
maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (gimple stmt, rtx since)
|
| 1703 |
|
|
{
|
| 1704 |
|
|
if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
|
| 1705 |
|
|
{
|
| 1706 |
|
|
fprintf (dump_file, "\n;; ");
|
| 1707 |
|
|
print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0,
|
| 1708 |
|
|
TDF_SLIM | (dump_flags & TDF_LINENO));
|
| 1709 |
|
|
fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
|
| 1710 |
|
|
|
| 1711 |
|
|
print_rtl (dump_file, since ? NEXT_INSN (since) : since);
|
| 1712 |
|
|
}
|
| 1713 |
|
|
}
|
| 1714 |
|
|
|
| 1715 |
|
|
/* Maps the blocks that do not contain tree labels to rtx labels. */
|
| 1716 |
|
|
|
| 1717 |
|
|
static struct pointer_map_t *lab_rtx_for_bb;
|
| 1718 |
|
|
|
| 1719 |
|
|
/* Returns the label_rtx expression for a label starting basic block BB. */
|
| 1720 |
|
|
|
| 1721 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 1722 |
|
|
label_rtx_for_bb (basic_block bb ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 1723 |
|
|
{
|
| 1724 |
|
|
gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
|
| 1725 |
|
|
tree lab;
|
| 1726 |
|
|
gimple lab_stmt;
|
| 1727 |
|
|
void **elt;
|
| 1728 |
|
|
|
| 1729 |
|
|
if (bb->flags & BB_RTL)
|
| 1730 |
|
|
return block_label (bb);
|
| 1731 |
|
|
|
| 1732 |
|
|
elt = pointer_map_contains (lab_rtx_for_bb, bb);
|
| 1733 |
|
|
if (elt)
|
| 1734 |
|
|
return (rtx) *elt;
|
| 1735 |
|
|
|
| 1736 |
|
|
/* Find the tree label if it is present. */
|
| 1737 |
|
|
|
| 1738 |
|
|
for (gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
|
| 1739 |
|
|
{
|
| 1740 |
|
|
lab_stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
|
| 1741 |
|
|
if (gimple_code (lab_stmt) != GIMPLE_LABEL)
|
| 1742 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1743 |
|
|
|
| 1744 |
|
|
lab = gimple_label_label (lab_stmt);
|
| 1745 |
|
|
if (DECL_NONLOCAL (lab))
|
| 1746 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1747 |
|
|
|
| 1748 |
|
|
return label_rtx (lab);
|
| 1749 |
|
|
}
|
| 1750 |
|
|
|
| 1751 |
|
|
elt = pointer_map_insert (lab_rtx_for_bb, bb);
|
| 1752 |
|
|
*elt = gen_label_rtx ();
|
| 1753 |
|
|
return (rtx) *elt;
|
| 1754 |
|
|
}
|
| 1755 |
|
|
|
| 1756 |
|
|
|
| 1757 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of expand_gimple_cond. Given E, a fallthrough edge
|
| 1758 |
|
|
of a basic block where we just expanded the conditional at the end,
|
| 1759 |
|
|
possibly clean up the CFG and instruction sequence. LAST is the
|
| 1760 |
|
|
last instruction before the just emitted jump sequence. */
|
| 1761 |
|
|
|
| 1762 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1763 |
|
|
maybe_cleanup_end_of_block (edge e, rtx last)
|
| 1764 |
|
|
{
|
| 1765 |
|
|
/* Special case: when jumpif decides that the condition is
|
| 1766 |
|
|
trivial it emits an unconditional jump (and the necessary
|
| 1767 |
|
|
barrier). But we still have two edges, the fallthru one is
|
| 1768 |
|
|
wrong. purge_dead_edges would clean this up later. Unfortunately
|
| 1769 |
|
|
we have to insert insns (and split edges) before
|
| 1770 |
|
|
find_many_sub_basic_blocks and hence before purge_dead_edges.
|
| 1771 |
|
|
But splitting edges might create new blocks which depend on the
|
| 1772 |
|
|
fact that if there are two edges there's no barrier. So the
|
| 1773 |
|
|
barrier would get lost and verify_flow_info would ICE. Instead
|
| 1774 |
|
|
of auditing all edge splitters to care for the barrier (which
|
| 1775 |
|
|
normally isn't there in a cleaned CFG), fix it here. */
|
| 1776 |
|
|
if (BARRIER_P (get_last_insn ()))
|
| 1777 |
|
|
{
|
| 1778 |
|
|
rtx insn;
|
| 1779 |
|
|
remove_edge (e);
|
| 1780 |
|
|
/* Now, we have a single successor block, if we have insns to
|
| 1781 |
|
|
insert on the remaining edge we potentially will insert
|
| 1782 |
|
|
it at the end of this block (if the dest block isn't feasible)
|
| 1783 |
|
|
in order to avoid splitting the edge. This insertion will take
|
| 1784 |
|
|
place in front of the last jump. But we might have emitted
|
| 1785 |
|
|
multiple jumps (conditional and one unconditional) to the
|
| 1786 |
|
|
same destination. Inserting in front of the last one then
|
| 1787 |
|
|
is a problem. See PR 40021. We fix this by deleting all
|
| 1788 |
|
|
jumps except the last unconditional one. */
|
| 1789 |
|
|
insn = PREV_INSN (get_last_insn ());
|
| 1790 |
|
|
/* Make sure we have an unconditional jump. Otherwise we're
|
| 1791 |
|
|
confused. */
|
| 1792 |
|
|
gcc_assert (JUMP_P (insn) && !any_condjump_p (insn));
|
| 1793 |
|
|
for (insn = PREV_INSN (insn); insn != last;)
|
| 1794 |
|
|
{
|
| 1795 |
|
|
insn = PREV_INSN (insn);
|
| 1796 |
|
|
if (JUMP_P (NEXT_INSN (insn)))
|
| 1797 |
|
|
{
|
| 1798 |
|
|
if (!any_condjump_p (NEXT_INSN (insn)))
|
| 1799 |
|
|
{
|
| 1800 |
|
|
gcc_assert (BARRIER_P (NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (insn))));
|
| 1801 |
|
|
delete_insn (NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (insn)));
|
| 1802 |
|
|
}
|
| 1803 |
|
|
delete_insn (NEXT_INSN (insn));
|
| 1804 |
|
|
}
|
| 1805 |
|
|
}
|
| 1806 |
|
|
}
|
| 1807 |
|
|
}
|
| 1808 |
|
|
|
| 1809 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of expand_gimple_basic_block. Expand one GIMPLE_COND.
|
| 1810 |
|
|
Returns a new basic block if we've terminated the current basic
|
| 1811 |
|
|
block and created a new one. */
|
| 1812 |
|
|
|
| 1813 |
|
|
static basic_block
|
| 1814 |
|
|
expand_gimple_cond (basic_block bb, gimple stmt)
|
| 1815 |
|
|
{
|
| 1816 |
|
|
basic_block new_bb, dest;
|
| 1817 |
|
|
edge new_edge;
|
| 1818 |
|
|
edge true_edge;
|
| 1819 |
|
|
edge false_edge;
|
| 1820 |
|
|
rtx last2, last;
|
| 1821 |
|
|
enum tree_code code;
|
| 1822 |
|
|
tree op0, op1;
|
| 1823 |
|
|
|
| 1824 |
|
|
code = gimple_cond_code (stmt);
|
| 1825 |
|
|
op0 = gimple_cond_lhs (stmt);
|
| 1826 |
|
|
op1 = gimple_cond_rhs (stmt);
|
| 1827 |
|
|
/* We're sometimes presented with such code:
|
| 1828 |
|
|
D.123_1 = x < y;
|
| 1829 |
|
|
if (D.123_1 != 0)
|
| 1830 |
|
|
...
|
| 1831 |
|
|
This would expand to two comparisons which then later might
|
| 1832 |
|
|
be cleaned up by combine. But some pattern matchers like if-conversion
|
| 1833 |
|
|
work better when there's only one compare, so make up for this
|
| 1834 |
|
|
here as special exception if TER would have made the same change. */
|
| 1835 |
|
|
if (gimple_cond_single_var_p (stmt)
|
| 1836 |
|
|
&& SA.values
|
| 1837 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME
|
| 1838 |
|
|
&& bitmap_bit_p (SA.values, SSA_NAME_VERSION (op0)))
|
| 1839 |
|
|
{
|
| 1840 |
|
|
gimple second = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (op0);
|
| 1841 |
|
|
if (gimple_code (second) == GIMPLE_ASSIGN)
|
| 1842 |
|
|
{
|
| 1843 |
|
|
enum tree_code code2 = gimple_assign_rhs_code (second);
|
| 1844 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code2) == tcc_comparison)
|
| 1845 |
|
|
{
|
| 1846 |
|
|
code = code2;
|
| 1847 |
|
|
op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (second);
|
| 1848 |
|
|
op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (second);
|
| 1849 |
|
|
}
|
| 1850 |
|
|
/* If jumps are cheap turn some more codes into
|
| 1851 |
|
|
jumpy sequences. */
|
| 1852 |
|
|
else if (BRANCH_COST (optimize_insn_for_speed_p (), false) < 4)
|
| 1853 |
|
|
{
|
| 1854 |
|
|
if ((code2 == BIT_AND_EXPR
|
| 1855 |
|
|
&& TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (op0)) == 1
|
| 1856 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (gimple_assign_rhs2 (second)) != INTEGER_CST)
|
| 1857 |
|
|
|| code2 == TRUTH_AND_EXPR)
|
| 1858 |
|
|
{
|
| 1859 |
|
|
code = TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR;
|
| 1860 |
|
|
op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (second);
|
| 1861 |
|
|
op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (second);
|
| 1862 |
|
|
}
|
| 1863 |
|
|
else if (code2 == BIT_IOR_EXPR || code2 == TRUTH_OR_EXPR)
|
| 1864 |
|
|
{
|
| 1865 |
|
|
code = TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR;
|
| 1866 |
|
|
op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (second);
|
| 1867 |
|
|
op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (second);
|
| 1868 |
|
|
}
|
| 1869 |
|
|
}
|
| 1870 |
|
|
}
|
| 1871 |
|
|
}
|
| 1872 |
|
|
|
| 1873 |
|
|
last2 = last = get_last_insn ();
|
| 1874 |
|
|
|
| 1875 |
|
|
extract_true_false_edges_from_block (bb, &true_edge, &false_edge);
|
| 1876 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_source_location (gimple_location (stmt));
|
| 1877 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_block (gimple_block (stmt));
|
| 1878 |
|
|
|
| 1879 |
|
|
/* These flags have no purpose in RTL land. */
|
| 1880 |
|
|
true_edge->flags &= ~EDGE_TRUE_VALUE;
|
| 1881 |
|
|
false_edge->flags &= ~EDGE_FALSE_VALUE;
|
| 1882 |
|
|
|
| 1883 |
|
|
/* We can either have a pure conditional jump with one fallthru edge or
|
| 1884 |
|
|
two-way jump that needs to be decomposed into two basic blocks. */
|
| 1885 |
|
|
if (false_edge->dest == bb->next_bb)
|
| 1886 |
|
|
{
|
| 1887 |
|
|
jumpif_1 (code, op0, op1, label_rtx_for_bb (true_edge->dest),
|
| 1888 |
|
|
true_edge->probability);
|
| 1889 |
|
|
maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last);
|
| 1890 |
|
|
if (true_edge->goto_locus)
|
| 1891 |
|
|
{
|
| 1892 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_source_location (true_edge->goto_locus);
|
| 1893 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_block (true_edge->goto_block);
|
| 1894 |
|
|
true_edge->goto_locus = curr_insn_locator ();
|
| 1895 |
|
|
}
|
| 1896 |
|
|
true_edge->goto_block = NULL;
|
| 1897 |
|
|
false_edge->flags |= EDGE_FALLTHRU;
|
| 1898 |
|
|
maybe_cleanup_end_of_block (false_edge, last);
|
| 1899 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 1900 |
|
|
}
|
| 1901 |
|
|
if (true_edge->dest == bb->next_bb)
|
| 1902 |
|
|
{
|
| 1903 |
|
|
jumpifnot_1 (code, op0, op1, label_rtx_for_bb (false_edge->dest),
|
| 1904 |
|
|
false_edge->probability);
|
| 1905 |
|
|
maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last);
|
| 1906 |
|
|
if (false_edge->goto_locus)
|
| 1907 |
|
|
{
|
| 1908 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_source_location (false_edge->goto_locus);
|
| 1909 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_block (false_edge->goto_block);
|
| 1910 |
|
|
false_edge->goto_locus = curr_insn_locator ();
|
| 1911 |
|
|
}
|
| 1912 |
|
|
false_edge->goto_block = NULL;
|
| 1913 |
|
|
true_edge->flags |= EDGE_FALLTHRU;
|
| 1914 |
|
|
maybe_cleanup_end_of_block (true_edge, last);
|
| 1915 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 1916 |
|
|
}
|
| 1917 |
|
|
|
| 1918 |
|
|
jumpif_1 (code, op0, op1, label_rtx_for_bb (true_edge->dest),
|
| 1919 |
|
|
true_edge->probability);
|
| 1920 |
|
|
last = get_last_insn ();
|
| 1921 |
|
|
if (false_edge->goto_locus)
|
| 1922 |
|
|
{
|
| 1923 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_source_location (false_edge->goto_locus);
|
| 1924 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_block (false_edge->goto_block);
|
| 1925 |
|
|
false_edge->goto_locus = curr_insn_locator ();
|
| 1926 |
|
|
}
|
| 1927 |
|
|
false_edge->goto_block = NULL;
|
| 1928 |
|
|
emit_jump (label_rtx_for_bb (false_edge->dest));
|
| 1929 |
|
|
|
| 1930 |
|
|
BB_END (bb) = last;
|
| 1931 |
|
|
if (BARRIER_P (BB_END (bb)))
|
| 1932 |
|
|
BB_END (bb) = PREV_INSN (BB_END (bb));
|
| 1933 |
|
|
update_bb_for_insn (bb);
|
| 1934 |
|
|
|
| 1935 |
|
|
new_bb = create_basic_block (NEXT_INSN (last), get_last_insn (), bb);
|
| 1936 |
|
|
dest = false_edge->dest;
|
| 1937 |
|
|
redirect_edge_succ (false_edge, new_bb);
|
| 1938 |
|
|
false_edge->flags |= EDGE_FALLTHRU;
|
| 1939 |
|
|
new_bb->count = false_edge->count;
|
| 1940 |
|
|
new_bb->frequency = EDGE_FREQUENCY (false_edge);
|
| 1941 |
|
|
new_edge = make_edge (new_bb, dest, 0);
|
| 1942 |
|
|
new_edge->probability = REG_BR_PROB_BASE;
|
| 1943 |
|
|
new_edge->count = new_bb->count;
|
| 1944 |
|
|
if (BARRIER_P (BB_END (new_bb)))
|
| 1945 |
|
|
BB_END (new_bb) = PREV_INSN (BB_END (new_bb));
|
| 1946 |
|
|
update_bb_for_insn (new_bb);
|
| 1947 |
|
|
|
| 1948 |
|
|
maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last2);
|
| 1949 |
|
|
|
| 1950 |
|
|
if (true_edge->goto_locus)
|
| 1951 |
|
|
{
|
| 1952 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_source_location (true_edge->goto_locus);
|
| 1953 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_block (true_edge->goto_block);
|
| 1954 |
|
|
true_edge->goto_locus = curr_insn_locator ();
|
| 1955 |
|
|
}
|
| 1956 |
|
|
true_edge->goto_block = NULL;
|
| 1957 |
|
|
|
| 1958 |
|
|
return new_bb;
|
| 1959 |
|
|
}
|
| 1960 |
|
|
|
| 1961 |
|
|
/* Mark all calls that can have a transaction restart. */
|
| 1962 |
|
|
|
| 1963 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1964 |
|
|
mark_transaction_restart_calls (gimple stmt)
|
| 1965 |
|
|
{
|
| 1966 |
|
|
struct tm_restart_node dummy;
|
| 1967 |
|
|
void **slot;
|
| 1968 |
|
|
|
| 1969 |
|
|
if (!cfun->gimple_df->tm_restart)
|
| 1970 |
|
|
return;
|
| 1971 |
|
|
|
| 1972 |
|
|
dummy.stmt = stmt;
|
| 1973 |
|
|
slot = htab_find_slot (cfun->gimple_df->tm_restart, &dummy, NO_INSERT);
|
| 1974 |
|
|
if (slot)
|
| 1975 |
|
|
{
|
| 1976 |
|
|
struct tm_restart_node *n = (struct tm_restart_node *) *slot;
|
| 1977 |
|
|
tree list = n->label_or_list;
|
| 1978 |
|
|
rtx insn;
|
| 1979 |
|
|
|
| 1980 |
|
|
for (insn = next_real_insn (get_last_insn ());
|
| 1981 |
|
|
!CALL_P (insn);
|
| 1982 |
|
|
insn = next_real_insn (insn))
|
| 1983 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 1984 |
|
|
|
| 1985 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (list) == LABEL_DECL)
|
| 1986 |
|
|
add_reg_note (insn, REG_TM, label_rtx (list));
|
| 1987 |
|
|
else
|
| 1988 |
|
|
for (; list ; list = TREE_CHAIN (list))
|
| 1989 |
|
|
add_reg_note (insn, REG_TM, label_rtx (TREE_VALUE (list)));
|
| 1990 |
|
|
}
|
| 1991 |
|
|
}
|
| 1992 |
|
|
|
| 1993 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of expand_gimple_stmt_1, expanding one GIMPLE_CALL
|
| 1994 |
|
|
statement STMT. */
|
| 1995 |
|
|
|
| 1996 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1997 |
|
|
expand_call_stmt (gimple stmt)
|
| 1998 |
|
|
{
|
| 1999 |
|
|
tree exp, decl, lhs;
|
| 2000 |
|
|
bool builtin_p;
|
| 2001 |
|
|
size_t i;
|
| 2002 |
|
|
|
| 2003 |
|
|
if (gimple_call_internal_p (stmt))
|
| 2004 |
|
|
{
|
| 2005 |
|
|
expand_internal_call (stmt);
|
| 2006 |
|
|
return;
|
| 2007 |
|
|
}
|
| 2008 |
|
|
|
| 2009 |
|
|
exp = build_vl_exp (CALL_EXPR, gimple_call_num_args (stmt) + 3);
|
| 2010 |
|
|
|
| 2011 |
|
|
CALL_EXPR_FN (exp) = gimple_call_fn (stmt);
|
| 2012 |
|
|
decl = gimple_call_fndecl (stmt);
|
| 2013 |
|
|
builtin_p = decl && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl);
|
| 2014 |
|
|
|
| 2015 |
|
|
/* If this is not a builtin function, the function type through which the
|
| 2016 |
|
|
call is made may be different from the type of the function. */
|
| 2017 |
|
|
if (!builtin_p)
|
| 2018 |
|
|
CALL_EXPR_FN (exp)
|
| 2019 |
|
|
= fold_convert (build_pointer_type (gimple_call_fntype (stmt)),
|
| 2020 |
|
|
CALL_EXPR_FN (exp));
|
| 2021 |
|
|
|
| 2022 |
|
|
TREE_TYPE (exp) = gimple_call_return_type (stmt);
|
| 2023 |
|
|
CALL_EXPR_STATIC_CHAIN (exp) = gimple_call_chain (stmt);
|
| 2024 |
|
|
|
| 2025 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < gimple_call_num_args (stmt); i++)
|
| 2026 |
|
|
{
|
| 2027 |
|
|
tree arg = gimple_call_arg (stmt, i);
|
| 2028 |
|
|
gimple def;
|
| 2029 |
|
|
/* TER addresses into arguments of builtin functions so we have a
|
| 2030 |
|
|
chance to infer more correct alignment information. See PR39954. */
|
| 2031 |
|
|
if (builtin_p
|
| 2032 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (arg) == SSA_NAME
|
| 2033 |
|
|
&& (def = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (arg))
|
| 2034 |
|
|
&& gimple_assign_rhs_code (def) == ADDR_EXPR)
|
| 2035 |
|
|
arg = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def);
|
| 2036 |
|
|
CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, i) = arg;
|
| 2037 |
|
|
}
|
| 2038 |
|
|
|
| 2039 |
|
|
if (gimple_has_side_effects (stmt))
|
| 2040 |
|
|
TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (exp) = 1;
|
| 2041 |
|
|
|
| 2042 |
|
|
if (gimple_call_nothrow_p (stmt))
|
| 2043 |
|
|
TREE_NOTHROW (exp) = 1;
|
| 2044 |
|
|
|
| 2045 |
|
|
CALL_EXPR_TAILCALL (exp) = gimple_call_tail_p (stmt);
|
| 2046 |
|
|
CALL_EXPR_RETURN_SLOT_OPT (exp) = gimple_call_return_slot_opt_p (stmt);
|
| 2047 |
|
|
if (decl
|
| 2048 |
|
|
&& DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (decl) == BUILT_IN_NORMAL
|
| 2049 |
|
|
&& (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl) == BUILT_IN_ALLOCA
|
| 2050 |
|
|
|| DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl) == BUILT_IN_ALLOCA_WITH_ALIGN))
|
| 2051 |
|
|
CALL_ALLOCA_FOR_VAR_P (exp) = gimple_call_alloca_for_var_p (stmt);
|
| 2052 |
|
|
else
|
| 2053 |
|
|
CALL_FROM_THUNK_P (exp) = gimple_call_from_thunk_p (stmt);
|
| 2054 |
|
|
CALL_EXPR_VA_ARG_PACK (exp) = gimple_call_va_arg_pack_p (stmt);
|
| 2055 |
|
|
SET_EXPR_LOCATION (exp, gimple_location (stmt));
|
| 2056 |
|
|
TREE_BLOCK (exp) = gimple_block (stmt);
|
| 2057 |
|
|
|
| 2058 |
|
|
/* Ensure RTL is created for debug args. */
|
| 2059 |
|
|
if (decl && DECL_HAS_DEBUG_ARGS_P (decl))
|
| 2060 |
|
|
{
|
| 2061 |
|
|
VEC(tree, gc) **debug_args = decl_debug_args_lookup (decl);
|
| 2062 |
|
|
unsigned int ix;
|
| 2063 |
|
|
tree dtemp;
|
| 2064 |
|
|
|
| 2065 |
|
|
if (debug_args)
|
| 2066 |
|
|
for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (tree, *debug_args, ix, dtemp); ix += 2)
|
| 2067 |
|
|
{
|
| 2068 |
|
|
gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (dtemp) == DEBUG_EXPR_DECL);
|
| 2069 |
|
|
expand_debug_expr (dtemp);
|
| 2070 |
|
|
}
|
| 2071 |
|
|
}
|
| 2072 |
|
|
|
| 2073 |
|
|
lhs = gimple_call_lhs (stmt);
|
| 2074 |
|
|
if (lhs)
|
| 2075 |
|
|
expand_assignment (lhs, exp, false);
|
| 2076 |
|
|
else
|
| 2077 |
|
|
expand_expr_real_1 (exp, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL, NULL);
|
| 2078 |
|
|
|
| 2079 |
|
|
mark_transaction_restart_calls (stmt);
|
| 2080 |
|
|
}
|
| 2081 |
|
|
|
| 2082 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of expand_gimple_stmt, expanding one gimple statement
|
| 2083 |
|
|
STMT that doesn't require special handling for outgoing edges. That
|
| 2084 |
|
|
is no tailcalls and no GIMPLE_COND. */
|
| 2085 |
|
|
|
| 2086 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2087 |
|
|
expand_gimple_stmt_1 (gimple stmt)
|
| 2088 |
|
|
{
|
| 2089 |
|
|
tree op0;
|
| 2090 |
|
|
|
| 2091 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_source_location (gimple_location (stmt));
|
| 2092 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_block (gimple_block (stmt));
|
| 2093 |
|
|
|
| 2094 |
|
|
switch (gimple_code (stmt))
|
| 2095 |
|
|
{
|
| 2096 |
|
|
case GIMPLE_GOTO:
|
| 2097 |
|
|
op0 = gimple_goto_dest (stmt);
|
| 2098 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (op0) == LABEL_DECL)
|
| 2099 |
|
|
expand_goto (op0);
|
| 2100 |
|
|
else
|
| 2101 |
|
|
expand_computed_goto (op0);
|
| 2102 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2103 |
|
|
case GIMPLE_LABEL:
|
| 2104 |
|
|
expand_label (gimple_label_label (stmt));
|
| 2105 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2106 |
|
|
case GIMPLE_NOP:
|
| 2107 |
|
|
case GIMPLE_PREDICT:
|
| 2108 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2109 |
|
|
case GIMPLE_SWITCH:
|
| 2110 |
|
|
expand_case (stmt);
|
| 2111 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2112 |
|
|
case GIMPLE_ASM:
|
| 2113 |
|
|
expand_asm_stmt (stmt);
|
| 2114 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2115 |
|
|
case GIMPLE_CALL:
|
| 2116 |
|
|
expand_call_stmt (stmt);
|
| 2117 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2118 |
|
|
|
| 2119 |
|
|
case GIMPLE_RETURN:
|
| 2120 |
|
|
op0 = gimple_return_retval (stmt);
|
| 2121 |
|
|
|
| 2122 |
|
|
if (op0 && op0 != error_mark_node)
|
| 2123 |
|
|
{
|
| 2124 |
|
|
tree result = DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl);
|
| 2125 |
|
|
|
| 2126 |
|
|
/* If we are not returning the current function's RESULT_DECL,
|
| 2127 |
|
|
build an assignment to it. */
|
| 2128 |
|
|
if (op0 != result)
|
| 2129 |
|
|
{
|
| 2130 |
|
|
/* I believe that a function's RESULT_DECL is unique. */
|
| 2131 |
|
|
gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (op0) != RESULT_DECL);
|
| 2132 |
|
|
|
| 2133 |
|
|
/* ??? We'd like to use simply expand_assignment here,
|
| 2134 |
|
|
but this fails if the value is of BLKmode but the return
|
| 2135 |
|
|
decl is a register. expand_return has special handling
|
| 2136 |
|
|
for this combination, which eventually should move
|
| 2137 |
|
|
to common code. See comments there. Until then, let's
|
| 2138 |
|
|
build a modify expression :-/ */
|
| 2139 |
|
|
op0 = build2 (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (result),
|
| 2140 |
|
|
result, op0);
|
| 2141 |
|
|
}
|
| 2142 |
|
|
}
|
| 2143 |
|
|
if (!op0)
|
| 2144 |
|
|
expand_null_return ();
|
| 2145 |
|
|
else
|
| 2146 |
|
|
expand_return (op0);
|
| 2147 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2148 |
|
|
|
| 2149 |
|
|
case GIMPLE_ASSIGN:
|
| 2150 |
|
|
{
|
| 2151 |
|
|
tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (stmt);
|
| 2152 |
|
|
|
| 2153 |
|
|
/* Tree expand used to fiddle with |= and &= of two bitfield
|
| 2154 |
|
|
COMPONENT_REFs here. This can't happen with gimple, the LHS
|
| 2155 |
|
|
of binary assigns must be a gimple reg. */
|
| 2156 |
|
|
|
| 2157 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (lhs) != SSA_NAME
|
| 2158 |
|
|
|| get_gimple_rhs_class (gimple_expr_code (stmt))
|
| 2159 |
|
|
== GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS)
|
| 2160 |
|
|
{
|
| 2161 |
|
|
tree rhs = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
|
| 2162 |
|
|
gcc_assert (get_gimple_rhs_class (gimple_expr_code (stmt))
|
| 2163 |
|
|
== GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS);
|
| 2164 |
|
|
if (gimple_has_location (stmt) && CAN_HAVE_LOCATION_P (rhs))
|
| 2165 |
|
|
SET_EXPR_LOCATION (rhs, gimple_location (stmt));
|
| 2166 |
|
|
if (TREE_CLOBBER_P (rhs))
|
| 2167 |
|
|
/* This is a clobber to mark the going out of scope for
|
| 2168 |
|
|
this LHS. */
|
| 2169 |
|
|
;
|
| 2170 |
|
|
else
|
| 2171 |
|
|
expand_assignment (lhs, rhs,
|
| 2172 |
|
|
gimple_assign_nontemporal_move_p (stmt));
|
| 2173 |
|
|
}
|
| 2174 |
|
|
else
|
| 2175 |
|
|
{
|
| 2176 |
|
|
rtx target, temp;
|
| 2177 |
|
|
bool nontemporal = gimple_assign_nontemporal_move_p (stmt);
|
| 2178 |
|
|
struct separate_ops ops;
|
| 2179 |
|
|
bool promoted = false;
|
| 2180 |
|
|
|
| 2181 |
|
|
target = expand_expr (lhs, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_WRITE);
|
| 2182 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (target))
|
| 2183 |
|
|
promoted = true;
|
| 2184 |
|
|
|
| 2185 |
|
|
ops.code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt);
|
| 2186 |
|
|
ops.type = TREE_TYPE (lhs);
|
| 2187 |
|
|
switch (get_gimple_rhs_class (gimple_expr_code (stmt)))
|
| 2188 |
|
|
{
|
| 2189 |
|
|
case GIMPLE_TERNARY_RHS:
|
| 2190 |
|
|
ops.op2 = gimple_assign_rhs3 (stmt);
|
| 2191 |
|
|
/* Fallthru */
|
| 2192 |
|
|
case GIMPLE_BINARY_RHS:
|
| 2193 |
|
|
ops.op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt);
|
| 2194 |
|
|
/* Fallthru */
|
| 2195 |
|
|
case GIMPLE_UNARY_RHS:
|
| 2196 |
|
|
ops.op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
|
| 2197 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2198 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2199 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 2200 |
|
|
}
|
| 2201 |
|
|
ops.location = gimple_location (stmt);
|
| 2202 |
|
|
|
| 2203 |
|
|
/* If we want to use a nontemporal store, force the value to
|
| 2204 |
|
|
register first. If we store into a promoted register,
|
| 2205 |
|
|
don't directly expand to target. */
|
| 2206 |
|
|
temp = nontemporal || promoted ? NULL_RTX : target;
|
| 2207 |
|
|
temp = expand_expr_real_2 (&ops, temp, GET_MODE (target),
|
| 2208 |
|
|
EXPAND_NORMAL);
|
| 2209 |
|
|
|
| 2210 |
|
|
if (temp == target)
|
| 2211 |
|
|
;
|
| 2212 |
|
|
else if (promoted)
|
| 2213 |
|
|
{
|
| 2214 |
|
|
int unsignedp = SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target);
|
| 2215 |
|
|
/* If TEMP is a VOIDmode constant, use convert_modes to make
|
| 2216 |
|
|
sure that we properly convert it. */
|
| 2217 |
|
|
if (CONSTANT_P (temp) && GET_MODE (temp) == VOIDmode)
|
| 2218 |
|
|
{
|
| 2219 |
|
|
temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (target),
|
| 2220 |
|
|
TYPE_MODE (ops.type),
|
| 2221 |
|
|
temp, unsignedp);
|
| 2222 |
|
|
temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (target)),
|
| 2223 |
|
|
GET_MODE (target), temp, unsignedp);
|
| 2224 |
|
|
}
|
| 2225 |
|
|
|
| 2226 |
|
|
convert_move (SUBREG_REG (target), temp, unsignedp);
|
| 2227 |
|
|
}
|
| 2228 |
|
|
else if (nontemporal && emit_storent_insn (target, temp))
|
| 2229 |
|
|
;
|
| 2230 |
|
|
else
|
| 2231 |
|
|
{
|
| 2232 |
|
|
temp = force_operand (temp, target);
|
| 2233 |
|
|
if (temp != target)
|
| 2234 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (target, temp);
|
| 2235 |
|
|
}
|
| 2236 |
|
|
}
|
| 2237 |
|
|
}
|
| 2238 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2239 |
|
|
|
| 2240 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2241 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 2242 |
|
|
}
|
| 2243 |
|
|
}
|
| 2244 |
|
|
|
| 2245 |
|
|
/* Expand one gimple statement STMT and return the last RTL instruction
|
| 2246 |
|
|
before any of the newly generated ones.
|
| 2247 |
|
|
|
| 2248 |
|
|
In addition to generating the necessary RTL instructions this also
|
| 2249 |
|
|
sets REG_EH_REGION notes if necessary and sets the current source
|
| 2250 |
|
|
location for diagnostics. */
|
| 2251 |
|
|
|
| 2252 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2253 |
|
|
expand_gimple_stmt (gimple stmt)
|
| 2254 |
|
|
{
|
| 2255 |
|
|
location_t saved_location = input_location;
|
| 2256 |
|
|
rtx last = get_last_insn ();
|
| 2257 |
|
|
int lp_nr;
|
| 2258 |
|
|
|
| 2259 |
|
|
gcc_assert (cfun);
|
| 2260 |
|
|
|
| 2261 |
|
|
/* We need to save and restore the current source location so that errors
|
| 2262 |
|
|
discovered during expansion are emitted with the right location. But
|
| 2263 |
|
|
it would be better if the diagnostic routines used the source location
|
| 2264 |
|
|
embedded in the tree nodes rather than globals. */
|
| 2265 |
|
|
if (gimple_has_location (stmt))
|
| 2266 |
|
|
input_location = gimple_location (stmt);
|
| 2267 |
|
|
|
| 2268 |
|
|
expand_gimple_stmt_1 (stmt);
|
| 2269 |
|
|
|
| 2270 |
|
|
/* Free any temporaries used to evaluate this statement. */
|
| 2271 |
|
|
free_temp_slots ();
|
| 2272 |
|
|
|
| 2273 |
|
|
input_location = saved_location;
|
| 2274 |
|
|
|
| 2275 |
|
|
/* Mark all insns that may trap. */
|
| 2276 |
|
|
lp_nr = lookup_stmt_eh_lp (stmt);
|
| 2277 |
|
|
if (lp_nr)
|
| 2278 |
|
|
{
|
| 2279 |
|
|
rtx insn;
|
| 2280 |
|
|
for (insn = next_real_insn (last); insn;
|
| 2281 |
|
|
insn = next_real_insn (insn))
|
| 2282 |
|
|
{
|
| 2283 |
|
|
if (! find_reg_note (insn, REG_EH_REGION, NULL_RTX)
|
| 2284 |
|
|
/* If we want exceptions for non-call insns, any
|
| 2285 |
|
|
may_trap_p instruction may throw. */
|
| 2286 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != CLOBBER
|
| 2287 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != USE
|
| 2288 |
|
|
&& insn_could_throw_p (insn))
|
| 2289 |
|
|
make_reg_eh_region_note (insn, 0, lp_nr);
|
| 2290 |
|
|
}
|
| 2291 |
|
|
}
|
| 2292 |
|
|
|
| 2293 |
|
|
return last;
|
| 2294 |
|
|
}
|
| 2295 |
|
|
|
| 2296 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of expand_gimple_basic_block. Expand one GIMPLE_CALL
|
| 2297 |
|
|
that has CALL_EXPR_TAILCALL set. Returns non-null if we actually
|
| 2298 |
|
|
generated a tail call (something that might be denied by the ABI
|
| 2299 |
|
|
rules governing the call; see calls.c).
|
| 2300 |
|
|
|
| 2301 |
|
|
Sets CAN_FALLTHRU if we generated a *conditional* tail call, and
|
| 2302 |
|
|
can still reach the rest of BB. The case here is __builtin_sqrt,
|
| 2303 |
|
|
where the NaN result goes through the external function (with a
|
| 2304 |
|
|
tailcall) and the normal result happens via a sqrt instruction. */
|
| 2305 |
|
|
|
| 2306 |
|
|
static basic_block
|
| 2307 |
|
|
expand_gimple_tailcall (basic_block bb, gimple stmt, bool *can_fallthru)
|
| 2308 |
|
|
{
|
| 2309 |
|
|
rtx last2, last;
|
| 2310 |
|
|
edge e;
|
| 2311 |
|
|
edge_iterator ei;
|
| 2312 |
|
|
int probability;
|
| 2313 |
|
|
gcov_type count;
|
| 2314 |
|
|
|
| 2315 |
|
|
last2 = last = expand_gimple_stmt (stmt);
|
| 2316 |
|
|
|
| 2317 |
|
|
for (last = NEXT_INSN (last); last; last = NEXT_INSN (last))
|
| 2318 |
|
|
if (CALL_P (last) && SIBLING_CALL_P (last))
|
| 2319 |
|
|
goto found;
|
| 2320 |
|
|
|
| 2321 |
|
|
maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last2);
|
| 2322 |
|
|
|
| 2323 |
|
|
*can_fallthru = true;
|
| 2324 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2325 |
|
|
|
| 2326 |
|
|
found:
|
| 2327 |
|
|
/* ??? Wouldn't it be better to just reset any pending stack adjust?
|
| 2328 |
|
|
Any instructions emitted here are about to be deleted. */
|
| 2329 |
|
|
do_pending_stack_adjust ();
|
| 2330 |
|
|
|
| 2331 |
|
|
/* Remove any non-eh, non-abnormal edges that don't go to exit. */
|
| 2332 |
|
|
/* ??? I.e. the fallthrough edge. HOWEVER! If there were to be
|
| 2333 |
|
|
EH or abnormal edges, we shouldn't have created a tail call in
|
| 2334 |
|
|
the first place. So it seems to me we should just be removing
|
| 2335 |
|
|
all edges here, or redirecting the existing fallthru edge to
|
| 2336 |
|
|
the exit block. */
|
| 2337 |
|
|
|
| 2338 |
|
|
probability = 0;
|
| 2339 |
|
|
count = 0;
|
| 2340 |
|
|
|
| 2341 |
|
|
for (ei = ei_start (bb->succs); (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)); )
|
| 2342 |
|
|
{
|
| 2343 |
|
|
if (!(e->flags & (EDGE_ABNORMAL | EDGE_EH)))
|
| 2344 |
|
|
{
|
| 2345 |
|
|
if (e->dest != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
|
| 2346 |
|
|
{
|
| 2347 |
|
|
e->dest->count -= e->count;
|
| 2348 |
|
|
e->dest->frequency -= EDGE_FREQUENCY (e);
|
| 2349 |
|
|
if (e->dest->count < 0)
|
| 2350 |
|
|
e->dest->count = 0;
|
| 2351 |
|
|
if (e->dest->frequency < 0)
|
| 2352 |
|
|
e->dest->frequency = 0;
|
| 2353 |
|
|
}
|
| 2354 |
|
|
count += e->count;
|
| 2355 |
|
|
probability += e->probability;
|
| 2356 |
|
|
remove_edge (e);
|
| 2357 |
|
|
}
|
| 2358 |
|
|
else
|
| 2359 |
|
|
ei_next (&ei);
|
| 2360 |
|
|
}
|
| 2361 |
|
|
|
| 2362 |
|
|
/* This is somewhat ugly: the call_expr expander often emits instructions
|
| 2363 |
|
|
after the sibcall (to perform the function return). These confuse the
|
| 2364 |
|
|
find_many_sub_basic_blocks code, so we need to get rid of these. */
|
| 2365 |
|
|
last = NEXT_INSN (last);
|
| 2366 |
|
|
gcc_assert (BARRIER_P (last));
|
| 2367 |
|
|
|
| 2368 |
|
|
*can_fallthru = false;
|
| 2369 |
|
|
while (NEXT_INSN (last))
|
| 2370 |
|
|
{
|
| 2371 |
|
|
/* For instance an sqrt builtin expander expands if with
|
| 2372 |
|
|
sibcall in the then and label for `else`. */
|
| 2373 |
|
|
if (LABEL_P (NEXT_INSN (last)))
|
| 2374 |
|
|
{
|
| 2375 |
|
|
*can_fallthru = true;
|
| 2376 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2377 |
|
|
}
|
| 2378 |
|
|
delete_insn (NEXT_INSN (last));
|
| 2379 |
|
|
}
|
| 2380 |
|
|
|
| 2381 |
|
|
e = make_edge (bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, EDGE_ABNORMAL | EDGE_SIBCALL);
|
| 2382 |
|
|
e->probability += probability;
|
| 2383 |
|
|
e->count += count;
|
| 2384 |
|
|
BB_END (bb) = last;
|
| 2385 |
|
|
update_bb_for_insn (bb);
|
| 2386 |
|
|
|
| 2387 |
|
|
if (NEXT_INSN (last))
|
| 2388 |
|
|
{
|
| 2389 |
|
|
bb = create_basic_block (NEXT_INSN (last), get_last_insn (), bb);
|
| 2390 |
|
|
|
| 2391 |
|
|
last = BB_END (bb);
|
| 2392 |
|
|
if (BARRIER_P (last))
|
| 2393 |
|
|
BB_END (bb) = PREV_INSN (last);
|
| 2394 |
|
|
}
|
| 2395 |
|
|
|
| 2396 |
|
|
maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last2);
|
| 2397 |
|
|
|
| 2398 |
|
|
return bb;
|
| 2399 |
|
|
}
|
| 2400 |
|
|
|
| 2401 |
|
|
/* Return the difference between the floor and the truncated result of
|
| 2402 |
|
|
a signed division by OP1 with remainder MOD. */
|
| 2403 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2404 |
|
|
floor_sdiv_adjust (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mod, rtx op1)
|
| 2405 |
|
|
{
|
| 2406 |
|
|
/* (mod != 0 ? (op1 / mod < 0 ? -1 : 0) : 0) */
|
| 2407 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE
|
| 2408 |
|
|
(mode, gen_rtx_NE (BImode, mod, const0_rtx),
|
| 2409 |
|
|
gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE
|
| 2410 |
|
|
(mode, gen_rtx_LT (BImode,
|
| 2411 |
|
|
gen_rtx_DIV (mode, op1, mod),
|
| 2412 |
|
|
const0_rtx),
|
| 2413 |
|
|
constm1_rtx, const0_rtx),
|
| 2414 |
|
|
const0_rtx);
|
| 2415 |
|
|
}
|
| 2416 |
|
|
|
| 2417 |
|
|
/* Return the difference between the ceil and the truncated result of
|
| 2418 |
|
|
a signed division by OP1 with remainder MOD. */
|
| 2419 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2420 |
|
|
ceil_sdiv_adjust (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mod, rtx op1)
|
| 2421 |
|
|
{
|
| 2422 |
|
|
/* (mod != 0 ? (op1 / mod > 0 ? 1 : 0) : 0) */
|
| 2423 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE
|
| 2424 |
|
|
(mode, gen_rtx_NE (BImode, mod, const0_rtx),
|
| 2425 |
|
|
gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE
|
| 2426 |
|
|
(mode, gen_rtx_GT (BImode,
|
| 2427 |
|
|
gen_rtx_DIV (mode, op1, mod),
|
| 2428 |
|
|
const0_rtx),
|
| 2429 |
|
|
const1_rtx, const0_rtx),
|
| 2430 |
|
|
const0_rtx);
|
| 2431 |
|
|
}
|
| 2432 |
|
|
|
| 2433 |
|
|
/* Return the difference between the ceil and the truncated result of
|
| 2434 |
|
|
an unsigned division by OP1 with remainder MOD. */
|
| 2435 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2436 |
|
|
ceil_udiv_adjust (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mod, rtx op1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 2437 |
|
|
{
|
| 2438 |
|
|
/* (mod != 0 ? 1 : 0) */
|
| 2439 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE
|
| 2440 |
|
|
(mode, gen_rtx_NE (BImode, mod, const0_rtx),
|
| 2441 |
|
|
const1_rtx, const0_rtx);
|
| 2442 |
|
|
}
|
| 2443 |
|
|
|
| 2444 |
|
|
/* Return the difference between the rounded and the truncated result
|
| 2445 |
|
|
of a signed division by OP1 with remainder MOD. Halfway cases are
|
| 2446 |
|
|
rounded away from zero, rather than to the nearest even number. */
|
| 2447 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2448 |
|
|
round_sdiv_adjust (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mod, rtx op1)
|
| 2449 |
|
|
{
|
| 2450 |
|
|
/* (abs (mod) >= abs (op1) - abs (mod)
|
| 2451 |
|
|
? (op1 / mod > 0 ? 1 : -1)
|
| 2452 |
|
|
: 0) */
|
| 2453 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE
|
| 2454 |
|
|
(mode, gen_rtx_GE (BImode, gen_rtx_ABS (mode, mod),
|
| 2455 |
|
|
gen_rtx_MINUS (mode,
|
| 2456 |
|
|
gen_rtx_ABS (mode, op1),
|
| 2457 |
|
|
gen_rtx_ABS (mode, mod))),
|
| 2458 |
|
|
gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE
|
| 2459 |
|
|
(mode, gen_rtx_GT (BImode,
|
| 2460 |
|
|
gen_rtx_DIV (mode, op1, mod),
|
| 2461 |
|
|
const0_rtx),
|
| 2462 |
|
|
const1_rtx, constm1_rtx),
|
| 2463 |
|
|
const0_rtx);
|
| 2464 |
|
|
}
|
| 2465 |
|
|
|
| 2466 |
|
|
/* Return the difference between the rounded and the truncated result
|
| 2467 |
|
|
of a unsigned division by OP1 with remainder MOD. Halfway cases
|
| 2468 |
|
|
are rounded away from zero, rather than to the nearest even
|
| 2469 |
|
|
number. */
|
| 2470 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2471 |
|
|
round_udiv_adjust (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mod, rtx op1)
|
| 2472 |
|
|
{
|
| 2473 |
|
|
/* (mod >= op1 - mod ? 1 : 0) */
|
| 2474 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE
|
| 2475 |
|
|
(mode, gen_rtx_GE (BImode, mod,
|
| 2476 |
|
|
gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, op1, mod)),
|
| 2477 |
|
|
const1_rtx, const0_rtx);
|
| 2478 |
|
|
}
|
| 2479 |
|
|
|
| 2480 |
|
|
/* Convert X to MODE, that must be Pmode or ptr_mode, without emitting
|
| 2481 |
|
|
any rtl. */
|
| 2482 |
|
|
|
| 2483 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2484 |
|
|
convert_debug_memory_address (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x,
|
| 2485 |
|
|
addr_space_t as)
|
| 2486 |
|
|
{
|
| 2487 |
|
|
enum machine_mode xmode = GET_MODE (x);
|
| 2488 |
|
|
|
| 2489 |
|
|
#ifndef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
|
| 2490 |
|
|
gcc_assert (mode == Pmode
|
| 2491 |
|
|
|| mode == targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as));
|
| 2492 |
|
|
gcc_assert (xmode == mode || xmode == VOIDmode);
|
| 2493 |
|
|
#else
|
| 2494 |
|
|
rtx temp;
|
| 2495 |
|
|
|
| 2496 |
|
|
gcc_assert (targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode (mode, as));
|
| 2497 |
|
|
|
| 2498 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (x) == mode || GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode)
|
| 2499 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 2500 |
|
|
|
| 2501 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) < GET_MODE_PRECISION (xmode))
|
| 2502 |
|
|
x = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, x, xmode,
|
| 2503 |
|
|
subreg_lowpart_offset
|
| 2504 |
|
|
(mode, xmode));
|
| 2505 |
|
|
else if (POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED > 0)
|
| 2506 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode, x);
|
| 2507 |
|
|
else if (!POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED)
|
| 2508 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_SIGN_EXTEND (mode, x);
|
| 2509 |
|
|
else
|
| 2510 |
|
|
{
|
| 2511 |
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (x))
|
| 2512 |
|
|
{
|
| 2513 |
|
|
case SUBREG:
|
| 2514 |
|
|
if ((SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x)
|
| 2515 |
|
|
|| (REG_P (SUBREG_REG (x)) && REG_POINTER (SUBREG_REG (x)))
|
| 2516 |
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == PLUS
|
| 2517 |
|
|
&& REG_P (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (x), 0))
|
| 2518 |
|
|
&& REG_POINTER (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (x), 0))
|
| 2519 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (x), 1))))
|
| 2520 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == mode)
|
| 2521 |
|
|
return SUBREG_REG (x);
|
| 2522 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2523 |
|
|
case LABEL_REF:
|
| 2524 |
|
|
temp = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (mode, XEXP (x, 0));
|
| 2525 |
|
|
LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (temp) = LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (x);
|
| 2526 |
|
|
return temp;
|
| 2527 |
|
|
case SYMBOL_REF:
|
| 2528 |
|
|
temp = shallow_copy_rtx (x);
|
| 2529 |
|
|
PUT_MODE (temp, mode);
|
| 2530 |
|
|
return temp;
|
| 2531 |
|
|
case CONST:
|
| 2532 |
|
|
temp = convert_debug_memory_address (mode, XEXP (x, 0), as);
|
| 2533 |
|
|
if (temp)
|
| 2534 |
|
|
temp = gen_rtx_CONST (mode, temp);
|
| 2535 |
|
|
return temp;
|
| 2536 |
|
|
case PLUS:
|
| 2537 |
|
|
case MINUS:
|
| 2538 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
|
| 2539 |
|
|
{
|
| 2540 |
|
|
temp = convert_debug_memory_address (mode, XEXP (x, 0), as);
|
| 2541 |
|
|
if (temp)
|
| 2542 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (x), mode, temp, XEXP (x, 1));
|
| 2543 |
|
|
}
|
| 2544 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2545 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2546 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2547 |
|
|
}
|
| 2548 |
|
|
/* Don't know how to express ptr_extend as operation in debug info. */
|
| 2549 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2550 |
|
|
}
|
| 2551 |
|
|
#endif /* POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED */
|
| 2552 |
|
|
|
| 2553 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 2554 |
|
|
}
|
| 2555 |
|
|
|
| 2556 |
|
|
/* Return an RTX equivalent to the value of the parameter DECL. */
|
| 2557 |
|
|
|
| 2558 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2559 |
|
|
expand_debug_parm_decl (tree decl)
|
| 2560 |
|
|
{
|
| 2561 |
|
|
rtx incoming = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
|
| 2562 |
|
|
|
| 2563 |
|
|
if (incoming
|
| 2564 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (incoming) != BLKmode
|
| 2565 |
|
|
&& ((REG_P (incoming) && HARD_REGISTER_P (incoming))
|
| 2566 |
|
|
|| (MEM_P (incoming)
|
| 2567 |
|
|
&& REG_P (XEXP (incoming, 0))
|
| 2568 |
|
|
&& HARD_REGISTER_P (XEXP (incoming, 0)))))
|
| 2569 |
|
|
{
|
| 2570 |
|
|
rtx rtl = gen_rtx_ENTRY_VALUE (GET_MODE (incoming));
|
| 2571 |
|
|
|
| 2572 |
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_window_save
|
| 2573 |
|
|
/* DECL_INCOMING_RTL uses the INCOMING_REGNO of parameter registers.
|
| 2574 |
|
|
If the target machine has an explicit window save instruction, the
|
| 2575 |
|
|
actual entry value is the corresponding OUTGOING_REGNO instead. */
|
| 2576 |
|
|
if (REG_P (incoming)
|
| 2577 |
|
|
&& OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (incoming)) != REGNO (incoming))
|
| 2578 |
|
|
incoming
|
| 2579 |
|
|
= gen_rtx_REG_offset (incoming, GET_MODE (incoming),
|
| 2580 |
|
|
OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (incoming)), 0);
|
| 2581 |
|
|
else if (MEM_P (incoming))
|
| 2582 |
|
|
{
|
| 2583 |
|
|
rtx reg = XEXP (incoming, 0);
|
| 2584 |
|
|
if (OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (reg)) != REGNO (reg))
|
| 2585 |
|
|
{
|
| 2586 |
|
|
reg = gen_raw_REG (GET_MODE (reg), OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (reg)));
|
| 2587 |
|
|
incoming = replace_equiv_address_nv (incoming, reg);
|
| 2588 |
|
|
}
|
| 2589 |
|
|
}
|
| 2590 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2591 |
|
|
|
| 2592 |
|
|
ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl) = incoming;
|
| 2593 |
|
|
return rtl;
|
| 2594 |
|
|
}
|
| 2595 |
|
|
|
| 2596 |
|
|
if (incoming
|
| 2597 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (incoming) != BLKmode
|
| 2598 |
|
|
&& !TREE_ADDRESSABLE (decl)
|
| 2599 |
|
|
&& MEM_P (incoming)
|
| 2600 |
|
|
&& (XEXP (incoming, 0) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx
|
| 2601 |
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (XEXP (incoming, 0)) == PLUS
|
| 2602 |
|
|
&& XEXP (XEXP (incoming, 0), 0) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx
|
| 2603 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (incoming, 0), 1)))))
|
| 2604 |
|
|
return incoming;
|
| 2605 |
|
|
|
| 2606 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 2607 |
|
|
}
|
| 2608 |
|
|
|
| 2609 |
|
|
/* Return an RTX equivalent to the value of the tree expression EXP. */
|
| 2610 |
|
|
|
| 2611 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2612 |
|
|
expand_debug_expr (tree exp)
|
| 2613 |
|
|
{
|
| 2614 |
|
|
rtx op0 = NULL_RTX, op1 = NULL_RTX, op2 = NULL_RTX;
|
| 2615 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
|
| 2616 |
|
|
enum machine_mode inner_mode = VOIDmode;
|
| 2617 |
|
|
int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp));
|
| 2618 |
|
|
addr_space_t as;
|
| 2619 |
|
|
|
| 2620 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)))
|
| 2621 |
|
|
{
|
| 2622 |
|
|
case tcc_expression:
|
| 2623 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
|
| 2624 |
|
|
{
|
| 2625 |
|
|
case COND_EXPR:
|
| 2626 |
|
|
case DOT_PROD_EXPR:
|
| 2627 |
|
|
case WIDEN_MULT_PLUS_EXPR:
|
| 2628 |
|
|
case WIDEN_MULT_MINUS_EXPR:
|
| 2629 |
|
|
case FMA_EXPR:
|
| 2630 |
|
|
goto ternary;
|
| 2631 |
|
|
|
| 2632 |
|
|
case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
|
| 2633 |
|
|
case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
|
| 2634 |
|
|
case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
|
| 2635 |
|
|
case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
|
| 2636 |
|
|
case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
|
| 2637 |
|
|
goto binary;
|
| 2638 |
|
|
|
| 2639 |
|
|
case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
|
| 2640 |
|
|
goto unary;
|
| 2641 |
|
|
|
| 2642 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2643 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2644 |
|
|
}
|
| 2645 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2646 |
|
|
|
| 2647 |
|
|
ternary:
|
| 2648 |
|
|
op2 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2));
|
| 2649 |
|
|
if (!op2)
|
| 2650 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 2651 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 2652 |
|
|
|
| 2653 |
|
|
binary:
|
| 2654 |
|
|
case tcc_binary:
|
| 2655 |
|
|
case tcc_comparison:
|
| 2656 |
|
|
op1 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
|
| 2657 |
|
|
if (!op1)
|
| 2658 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 2659 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 2660 |
|
|
|
| 2661 |
|
|
unary:
|
| 2662 |
|
|
case tcc_unary:
|
| 2663 |
|
|
inner_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
|
| 2664 |
|
|
op0 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
|
| 2665 |
|
|
if (!op0)
|
| 2666 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 2667 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2668 |
|
|
|
| 2669 |
|
|
case tcc_type:
|
| 2670 |
|
|
case tcc_statement:
|
| 2671 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 2672 |
|
|
|
| 2673 |
|
|
case tcc_constant:
|
| 2674 |
|
|
case tcc_exceptional:
|
| 2675 |
|
|
case tcc_declaration:
|
| 2676 |
|
|
case tcc_reference:
|
| 2677 |
|
|
case tcc_vl_exp:
|
| 2678 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2679 |
|
|
}
|
| 2680 |
|
|
|
| 2681 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
|
| 2682 |
|
|
{
|
| 2683 |
|
|
case STRING_CST:
|
| 2684 |
|
|
if (!lookup_constant_def (exp))
|
| 2685 |
|
|
{
|
| 2686 |
|
|
if (strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp)) + 1
|
| 2687 |
|
|
!= (size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp))
|
| 2688 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 2689 |
|
|
op0 = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (Pmode, TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp));
|
| 2690 |
|
|
op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, op0);
|
| 2691 |
|
|
set_mem_attributes (op0, exp, 0);
|
| 2692 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2693 |
|
|
}
|
| 2694 |
|
|
/* Fall through... */
|
| 2695 |
|
|
|
| 2696 |
|
|
case INTEGER_CST:
|
| 2697 |
|
|
case REAL_CST:
|
| 2698 |
|
|
case FIXED_CST:
|
| 2699 |
|
|
op0 = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, mode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
|
| 2700 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2701 |
|
|
|
| 2702 |
|
|
case COMPLEX_CST:
|
| 2703 |
|
|
gcc_assert (COMPLEX_MODE_P (mode));
|
| 2704 |
|
|
op0 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_REALPART (exp));
|
| 2705 |
|
|
op1 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_IMAGPART (exp));
|
| 2706 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode, op0, op1);
|
| 2707 |
|
|
|
| 2708 |
|
|
case DEBUG_EXPR_DECL:
|
| 2709 |
|
|
op0 = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (exp);
|
| 2710 |
|
|
|
| 2711 |
|
|
if (op0)
|
| 2712 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2713 |
|
|
|
| 2714 |
|
|
op0 = gen_rtx_DEBUG_EXPR (mode);
|
| 2715 |
|
|
DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (op0) = exp;
|
| 2716 |
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL (exp, op0);
|
| 2717 |
|
|
|
| 2718 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2719 |
|
|
|
| 2720 |
|
|
case VAR_DECL:
|
| 2721 |
|
|
case PARM_DECL:
|
| 2722 |
|
|
case FUNCTION_DECL:
|
| 2723 |
|
|
case LABEL_DECL:
|
| 2724 |
|
|
case CONST_DECL:
|
| 2725 |
|
|
case RESULT_DECL:
|
| 2726 |
|
|
op0 = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (exp);
|
| 2727 |
|
|
|
| 2728 |
|
|
/* This decl was probably optimized away. */
|
| 2729 |
|
|
if (!op0)
|
| 2730 |
|
|
{
|
| 2731 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (exp) != VAR_DECL
|
| 2732 |
|
|
|| DECL_EXTERNAL (exp)
|
| 2733 |
|
|
|| !TREE_STATIC (exp)
|
| 2734 |
|
|
|| !DECL_NAME (exp)
|
| 2735 |
|
|
|| DECL_HARD_REGISTER (exp)
|
| 2736 |
|
|
|| DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (exp)
|
| 2737 |
|
|
|| mode == VOIDmode)
|
| 2738 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2739 |
|
|
|
| 2740 |
|
|
op0 = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (exp);
|
| 2741 |
|
|
if (!MEM_P (op0)
|
| 2742 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
|
| 2743 |
|
|
|| SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (op0, 0)) != exp)
|
| 2744 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2745 |
|
|
}
|
| 2746 |
|
|
else
|
| 2747 |
|
|
op0 = copy_rtx (op0);
|
| 2748 |
|
|
|
| 2749 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (op0) == BLKmode
|
| 2750 |
|
|
/* If op0 is not BLKmode, but BLKmode is, adjust_mode
|
| 2751 |
|
|
below would ICE. While it is likely a FE bug,
|
| 2752 |
|
|
try to be robust here. See PR43166. */
|
| 2753 |
|
|
|| mode == BLKmode
|
| 2754 |
|
|
|| (mode == VOIDmode && GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode))
|
| 2755 |
|
|
{
|
| 2756 |
|
|
gcc_assert (MEM_P (op0));
|
| 2757 |
|
|
op0 = adjust_address_nv (op0, mode, 0);
|
| 2758 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2759 |
|
|
}
|
| 2760 |
|
|
|
| 2761 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 2762 |
|
|
|
| 2763 |
|
|
adjust_mode:
|
| 2764 |
|
|
case PAREN_EXPR:
|
| 2765 |
|
|
case NOP_EXPR:
|
| 2766 |
|
|
case CONVERT_EXPR:
|
| 2767 |
|
|
{
|
| 2768 |
|
|
inner_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
| 2769 |
|
|
|
| 2770 |
|
|
if (mode == inner_mode)
|
| 2771 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2772 |
|
|
|
| 2773 |
|
|
if (inner_mode == VOIDmode)
|
| 2774 |
|
|
{
|
| 2775 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (exp) == SSA_NAME)
|
| 2776 |
|
|
inner_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
|
| 2777 |
|
|
else
|
| 2778 |
|
|
inner_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
|
| 2779 |
|
|
if (mode == inner_mode)
|
| 2780 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2781 |
|
|
}
|
| 2782 |
|
|
|
| 2783 |
|
|
if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode) && FLOAT_MODE_P (inner_mode))
|
| 2784 |
|
|
{
|
| 2785 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode))
|
| 2786 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, op0, inner_mode, 0);
|
| 2787 |
|
|
else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode))
|
| 2788 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT_TRUNCATE, mode, op0, inner_mode);
|
| 2789 |
|
|
else
|
| 2790 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode);
|
| 2791 |
|
|
}
|
| 2792 |
|
|
else if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
|
| 2793 |
|
|
{
|
| 2794 |
|
|
gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) != SSA_NAME);
|
| 2795 |
|
|
if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
|
| 2796 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_unary (UNSIGNED_FLOAT, mode, op0, inner_mode);
|
| 2797 |
|
|
else
|
| 2798 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT, mode, op0, inner_mode);
|
| 2799 |
|
|
}
|
| 2800 |
|
|
else if (FLOAT_MODE_P (inner_mode))
|
| 2801 |
|
|
{
|
| 2802 |
|
|
if (unsignedp)
|
| 2803 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_unary (UNSIGNED_FIX, mode, op0, inner_mode);
|
| 2804 |
|
|
else
|
| 2805 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_unary (FIX, mode, op0, inner_mode);
|
| 2806 |
|
|
}
|
| 2807 |
|
|
else if (CONSTANT_P (op0)
|
| 2808 |
|
|
|| GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) <= GET_MODE_PRECISION (inner_mode))
|
| 2809 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, op0, inner_mode,
|
| 2810 |
|
|
subreg_lowpart_offset (mode,
|
| 2811 |
|
|
inner_mode));
|
| 2812 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) == tcc_unary
|
| 2813 |
|
|
? TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
|
| 2814 |
|
|
: unsignedp)
|
| 2815 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode);
|
| 2816 |
|
|
else
|
| 2817 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_unary (SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode);
|
| 2818 |
|
|
|
| 2819 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2820 |
|
|
}
|
| 2821 |
|
|
|
| 2822 |
|
|
case MEM_REF:
|
| 2823 |
|
|
if (!is_gimple_mem_ref_addr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
|
| 2824 |
|
|
{
|
| 2825 |
|
|
tree newexp = fold_binary (MEM_REF, TREE_TYPE (exp),
|
| 2826 |
|
|
TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0),
|
| 2827 |
|
|
TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
|
| 2828 |
|
|
if (newexp)
|
| 2829 |
|
|
return expand_debug_expr (newexp);
|
| 2830 |
|
|
}
|
| 2831 |
|
|
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
| 2832 |
|
|
case INDIRECT_REF:
|
| 2833 |
|
|
op0 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
|
| 2834 |
|
|
if (!op0)
|
| 2835 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2836 |
|
|
|
| 2837 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (exp) == MEM_REF)
|
| 2838 |
|
|
{
|
| 2839 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
|
| 2840 |
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS
|
| 2841 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR))
|
| 2842 |
|
|
/* (mem (debug_implicit_ptr)) might confuse aliasing.
|
| 2843 |
|
|
Instead just use get_inner_reference. */
|
| 2844 |
|
|
goto component_ref;
|
| 2845 |
|
|
|
| 2846 |
|
|
op1 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
|
| 2847 |
|
|
if (!op1 || !CONST_INT_P (op1))
|
| 2848 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2849 |
|
|
|
| 2850 |
|
|
op0 = plus_constant (op0, INTVAL (op1));
|
| 2851 |
|
|
}
|
| 2852 |
|
|
|
| 2853 |
|
|
if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)))
|
| 2854 |
|
|
as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
|
| 2855 |
|
|
else
|
| 2856 |
|
|
as = ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC;
|
| 2857 |
|
|
|
| 2858 |
|
|
op0 = convert_debug_memory_address (targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as),
|
| 2859 |
|
|
op0, as);
|
| 2860 |
|
|
if (op0 == NULL_RTX)
|
| 2861 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2862 |
|
|
|
| 2863 |
|
|
op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, op0);
|
| 2864 |
|
|
set_mem_attributes (op0, exp, 0);
|
| 2865 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (exp) == MEM_REF
|
| 2866 |
|
|
&& !is_gimple_mem_ref_addr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
|
| 2867 |
|
|
set_mem_expr (op0, NULL_TREE);
|
| 2868 |
|
|
set_mem_addr_space (op0, as);
|
| 2869 |
|
|
|
| 2870 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2871 |
|
|
|
| 2872 |
|
|
case TARGET_MEM_REF:
|
| 2873 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (TMR_BASE (exp)) == ADDR_EXPR
|
| 2874 |
|
|
&& !DECL_RTL_SET_P (TREE_OPERAND (TMR_BASE (exp), 0)))
|
| 2875 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2876 |
|
|
|
| 2877 |
|
|
op0 = expand_debug_expr
|
| 2878 |
|
|
(tree_mem_ref_addr (build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (exp)), exp));
|
| 2879 |
|
|
if (!op0)
|
| 2880 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2881 |
|
|
|
| 2882 |
|
|
if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)))
|
| 2883 |
|
|
as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
|
| 2884 |
|
|
else
|
| 2885 |
|
|
as = ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC;
|
| 2886 |
|
|
|
| 2887 |
|
|
op0 = convert_debug_memory_address (targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as),
|
| 2888 |
|
|
op0, as);
|
| 2889 |
|
|
if (op0 == NULL_RTX)
|
| 2890 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2891 |
|
|
|
| 2892 |
|
|
op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, op0);
|
| 2893 |
|
|
|
| 2894 |
|
|
set_mem_attributes (op0, exp, 0);
|
| 2895 |
|
|
set_mem_addr_space (op0, as);
|
| 2896 |
|
|
|
| 2897 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2898 |
|
|
|
| 2899 |
|
|
component_ref:
|
| 2900 |
|
|
case ARRAY_REF:
|
| 2901 |
|
|
case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
|
| 2902 |
|
|
case COMPONENT_REF:
|
| 2903 |
|
|
case BIT_FIELD_REF:
|
| 2904 |
|
|
case REALPART_EXPR:
|
| 2905 |
|
|
case IMAGPART_EXPR:
|
| 2906 |
|
|
case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
|
| 2907 |
|
|
{
|
| 2908 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode1;
|
| 2909 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
|
| 2910 |
|
|
tree offset;
|
| 2911 |
|
|
int volatilep = 0;
|
| 2912 |
|
|
tree tem = get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
|
| 2913 |
|
|
&mode1, &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
|
| 2914 |
|
|
rtx orig_op0;
|
| 2915 |
|
|
|
| 2916 |
|
|
if (bitsize == 0)
|
| 2917 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2918 |
|
|
|
| 2919 |
|
|
orig_op0 = op0 = expand_debug_expr (tem);
|
| 2920 |
|
|
|
| 2921 |
|
|
if (!op0)
|
| 2922 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2923 |
|
|
|
| 2924 |
|
|
if (offset)
|
| 2925 |
|
|
{
|
| 2926 |
|
|
enum machine_mode addrmode, offmode;
|
| 2927 |
|
|
|
| 2928 |
|
|
if (!MEM_P (op0))
|
| 2929 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2930 |
|
|
|
| 2931 |
|
|
op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
| 2932 |
|
|
addrmode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
| 2933 |
|
|
if (addrmode == VOIDmode)
|
| 2934 |
|
|
addrmode = Pmode;
|
| 2935 |
|
|
|
| 2936 |
|
|
op1 = expand_debug_expr (offset);
|
| 2937 |
|
|
if (!op1)
|
| 2938 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2939 |
|
|
|
| 2940 |
|
|
offmode = GET_MODE (op1);
|
| 2941 |
|
|
if (offmode == VOIDmode)
|
| 2942 |
|
|
offmode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (offset));
|
| 2943 |
|
|
|
| 2944 |
|
|
if (addrmode != offmode)
|
| 2945 |
|
|
op1 = simplify_gen_subreg (addrmode, op1, offmode,
|
| 2946 |
|
|
subreg_lowpart_offset (addrmode,
|
| 2947 |
|
|
offmode));
|
| 2948 |
|
|
|
| 2949 |
|
|
/* Don't use offset_address here, we don't need a
|
| 2950 |
|
|
recognizable address, and we don't want to generate
|
| 2951 |
|
|
code. */
|
| 2952 |
|
|
op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, addrmode,
|
| 2953 |
|
|
op0, op1));
|
| 2954 |
|
|
}
|
| 2955 |
|
|
|
| 2956 |
|
|
if (MEM_P (op0))
|
| 2957 |
|
|
{
|
| 2958 |
|
|
if (mode1 == VOIDmode)
|
| 2959 |
|
|
/* Bitfield. */
|
| 2960 |
|
|
mode1 = smallest_mode_for_size (bitsize, MODE_INT);
|
| 2961 |
|
|
if (bitpos >= BITS_PER_UNIT)
|
| 2962 |
|
|
{
|
| 2963 |
|
|
op0 = adjust_address_nv (op0, mode1, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
| 2964 |
|
|
bitpos %= BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 2965 |
|
|
}
|
| 2966 |
|
|
else if (bitpos < 0)
|
| 2967 |
|
|
{
|
| 2968 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT units
|
| 2969 |
|
|
= (-bitpos + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 2970 |
|
|
op0 = adjust_address_nv (op0, mode1, units);
|
| 2971 |
|
|
bitpos += units * BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 2972 |
|
|
}
|
| 2973 |
|
|
else if (bitpos == 0 && bitsize == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
|
| 2974 |
|
|
op0 = adjust_address_nv (op0, mode, 0);
|
| 2975 |
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (op0) != mode1)
|
| 2976 |
|
|
op0 = adjust_address_nv (op0, mode1, 0);
|
| 2977 |
|
|
else
|
| 2978 |
|
|
op0 = copy_rtx (op0);
|
| 2979 |
|
|
if (op0 == orig_op0)
|
| 2980 |
|
|
op0 = shallow_copy_rtx (op0);
|
| 2981 |
|
|
set_mem_attributes (op0, exp, 0);
|
| 2982 |
|
|
}
|
| 2983 |
|
|
|
| 2984 |
|
|
if (bitpos == 0 && mode == GET_MODE (op0))
|
| 2985 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2986 |
|
|
|
| 2987 |
|
|
if (bitpos < 0)
|
| 2988 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2989 |
|
|
|
| 2990 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (op0) == BLKmode)
|
| 2991 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2992 |
|
|
|
| 2993 |
|
|
if ((bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0
|
| 2994 |
|
|
&& bitsize == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode1))
|
| 2995 |
|
|
{
|
| 2996 |
|
|
enum machine_mode opmode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
| 2997 |
|
|
|
| 2998 |
|
|
if (opmode == VOIDmode)
|
| 2999 |
|
|
opmode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (tem));
|
| 3000 |
|
|
|
| 3001 |
|
|
/* This condition may hold if we're expanding the address
|
| 3002 |
|
|
right past the end of an array that turned out not to
|
| 3003 |
|
|
be addressable (i.e., the address was only computed in
|
| 3004 |
|
|
debug stmts). The gen_subreg below would rightfully
|
| 3005 |
|
|
crash, and the address doesn't really exist, so just
|
| 3006 |
|
|
drop it. */
|
| 3007 |
|
|
if (bitpos >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (opmode))
|
| 3008 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3009 |
|
|
|
| 3010 |
|
|
if ((bitpos % GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)) == 0)
|
| 3011 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_subreg (mode, op0, opmode,
|
| 3012 |
|
|
bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
| 3013 |
|
|
}
|
| 3014 |
|
|
|
| 3015 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_ternary (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op0))
|
| 3016 |
|
|
&& TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp))
|
| 3017 |
|
|
? SIGN_EXTRACT
|
| 3018 |
|
|
: ZERO_EXTRACT, mode,
|
| 3019 |
|
|
GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode
|
| 3020 |
|
|
? GET_MODE (op0)
|
| 3021 |
|
|
: TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)),
|
| 3022 |
|
|
op0, GEN_INT (bitsize), GEN_INT (bitpos));
|
| 3023 |
|
|
}
|
| 3024 |
|
|
|
| 3025 |
|
|
case ABS_EXPR:
|
| 3026 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (ABS, mode, op0, mode);
|
| 3027 |
|
|
|
| 3028 |
|
|
case NEGATE_EXPR:
|
| 3029 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, op0, mode);
|
| 3030 |
|
|
|
| 3031 |
|
|
case BIT_NOT_EXPR:
|
| 3032 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, op0, mode);
|
| 3033 |
|
|
|
| 3034 |
|
|
case FLOAT_EXPR:
|
| 3035 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp,
|
| 3036 |
|
|
0)))
|
| 3037 |
|
|
? UNSIGNED_FLOAT : FLOAT, mode, op0,
|
| 3038 |
|
|
inner_mode);
|
| 3039 |
|
|
|
| 3040 |
|
|
case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
|
| 3041 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (unsignedp ? UNSIGNED_FIX : FIX, mode, op0,
|
| 3042 |
|
|
inner_mode);
|
| 3043 |
|
|
|
| 3044 |
|
|
case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
|
| 3045 |
|
|
/* For the rare target where pointers are not the same size as
|
| 3046 |
|
|
size_t, we need to check for mis-matched modes and correct
|
| 3047 |
|
|
the addend. */
|
| 3048 |
|
|
if (op0 && op1
|
| 3049 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode && GET_MODE (op1) != VOIDmode
|
| 3050 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (op0) != GET_MODE (op1))
|
| 3051 |
|
|
{
|
| 3052 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op1)))
|
| 3053 |
|
|
op1 = simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, GET_MODE (op0), op1,
|
| 3054 |
|
|
GET_MODE (op1));
|
| 3055 |
|
|
else
|
| 3056 |
|
|
/* We always sign-extend, regardless of the signedness of
|
| 3057 |
|
|
the operand, because the operand is always unsigned
|
| 3058 |
|
|
here even if the original C expression is signed. */
|
| 3059 |
|
|
op1 = simplify_gen_unary (SIGN_EXTEND, GET_MODE (op0), op1,
|
| 3060 |
|
|
GET_MODE (op1));
|
| 3061 |
|
|
}
|
| 3062 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 3063 |
|
|
case PLUS_EXPR:
|
| 3064 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3065 |
|
|
|
| 3066 |
|
|
case MINUS_EXPR:
|
| 3067 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3068 |
|
|
|
| 3069 |
|
|
case MULT_EXPR:
|
| 3070 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3071 |
|
|
|
| 3072 |
|
|
case RDIV_EXPR:
|
| 3073 |
|
|
case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
|
| 3074 |
|
|
case EXACT_DIV_EXPR:
|
| 3075 |
|
|
if (unsignedp)
|
| 3076 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (UDIV, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3077 |
|
|
else
|
| 3078 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (DIV, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3079 |
|
|
|
| 3080 |
|
|
case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
|
| 3081 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (unsignedp ? UMOD : MOD, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3082 |
|
|
|
| 3083 |
|
|
case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
|
| 3084 |
|
|
if (unsignedp)
|
| 3085 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (UDIV, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3086 |
|
|
else
|
| 3087 |
|
|
{
|
| 3088 |
|
|
rtx div = simplify_gen_binary (DIV, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3089 |
|
|
rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (MOD, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3090 |
|
|
rtx adj = floor_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
|
| 3091 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, div, adj);
|
| 3092 |
|
|
}
|
| 3093 |
|
|
|
| 3094 |
|
|
case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
|
| 3095 |
|
|
if (unsignedp)
|
| 3096 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (UMOD, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3097 |
|
|
else
|
| 3098 |
|
|
{
|
| 3099 |
|
|
rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (MOD, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3100 |
|
|
rtx adj = floor_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
|
| 3101 |
|
|
adj = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode,
|
| 3102 |
|
|
simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, adj, op1),
|
| 3103 |
|
|
mode);
|
| 3104 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, mod, adj);
|
| 3105 |
|
|
}
|
| 3106 |
|
|
|
| 3107 |
|
|
case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
|
| 3108 |
|
|
if (unsignedp)
|
| 3109 |
|
|
{
|
| 3110 |
|
|
rtx div = simplify_gen_binary (UDIV, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3111 |
|
|
rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (UMOD, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3112 |
|
|
rtx adj = ceil_udiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
|
| 3113 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, div, adj);
|
| 3114 |
|
|
}
|
| 3115 |
|
|
else
|
| 3116 |
|
|
{
|
| 3117 |
|
|
rtx div = simplify_gen_binary (DIV, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3118 |
|
|
rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (MOD, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3119 |
|
|
rtx adj = ceil_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
|
| 3120 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, div, adj);
|
| 3121 |
|
|
}
|
| 3122 |
|
|
|
| 3123 |
|
|
case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
|
| 3124 |
|
|
if (unsignedp)
|
| 3125 |
|
|
{
|
| 3126 |
|
|
rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (UMOD, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3127 |
|
|
rtx adj = ceil_udiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
|
| 3128 |
|
|
adj = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode,
|
| 3129 |
|
|
simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, adj, op1),
|
| 3130 |
|
|
mode);
|
| 3131 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, mod, adj);
|
| 3132 |
|
|
}
|
| 3133 |
|
|
else
|
| 3134 |
|
|
{
|
| 3135 |
|
|
rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (MOD, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3136 |
|
|
rtx adj = ceil_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
|
| 3137 |
|
|
adj = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode,
|
| 3138 |
|
|
simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, adj, op1),
|
| 3139 |
|
|
mode);
|
| 3140 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, mod, adj);
|
| 3141 |
|
|
}
|
| 3142 |
|
|
|
| 3143 |
|
|
case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
|
| 3144 |
|
|
if (unsignedp)
|
| 3145 |
|
|
{
|
| 3146 |
|
|
rtx div = simplify_gen_binary (UDIV, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3147 |
|
|
rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (UMOD, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3148 |
|
|
rtx adj = round_udiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
|
| 3149 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, div, adj);
|
| 3150 |
|
|
}
|
| 3151 |
|
|
else
|
| 3152 |
|
|
{
|
| 3153 |
|
|
rtx div = simplify_gen_binary (DIV, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3154 |
|
|
rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (MOD, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3155 |
|
|
rtx adj = round_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
|
| 3156 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, div, adj);
|
| 3157 |
|
|
}
|
| 3158 |
|
|
|
| 3159 |
|
|
case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
|
| 3160 |
|
|
if (unsignedp)
|
| 3161 |
|
|
{
|
| 3162 |
|
|
rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (UMOD, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3163 |
|
|
rtx adj = round_udiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
|
| 3164 |
|
|
adj = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode,
|
| 3165 |
|
|
simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, adj, op1),
|
| 3166 |
|
|
mode);
|
| 3167 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, mod, adj);
|
| 3168 |
|
|
}
|
| 3169 |
|
|
else
|
| 3170 |
|
|
{
|
| 3171 |
|
|
rtx mod = simplify_gen_binary (MOD, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3172 |
|
|
rtx adj = round_sdiv_adjust (mode, mod, op1);
|
| 3173 |
|
|
adj = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode,
|
| 3174 |
|
|
simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, adj, op1),
|
| 3175 |
|
|
mode);
|
| 3176 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, mod, adj);
|
| 3177 |
|
|
}
|
| 3178 |
|
|
|
| 3179 |
|
|
case LSHIFT_EXPR:
|
| 3180 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3181 |
|
|
|
| 3182 |
|
|
case RSHIFT_EXPR:
|
| 3183 |
|
|
if (unsignedp)
|
| 3184 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3185 |
|
|
else
|
| 3186 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFTRT, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3187 |
|
|
|
| 3188 |
|
|
case LROTATE_EXPR:
|
| 3189 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ROTATE, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3190 |
|
|
|
| 3191 |
|
|
case RROTATE_EXPR:
|
| 3192 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ROTATERT, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3193 |
|
|
|
| 3194 |
|
|
case MIN_EXPR:
|
| 3195 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (unsignedp ? UMIN : SMIN, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3196 |
|
|
|
| 3197 |
|
|
case MAX_EXPR:
|
| 3198 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (unsignedp ? UMAX : SMAX, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3199 |
|
|
|
| 3200 |
|
|
case BIT_AND_EXPR:
|
| 3201 |
|
|
case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
|
| 3202 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3203 |
|
|
|
| 3204 |
|
|
case BIT_IOR_EXPR:
|
| 3205 |
|
|
case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
|
| 3206 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (IOR, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3207 |
|
|
|
| 3208 |
|
|
case BIT_XOR_EXPR:
|
| 3209 |
|
|
case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
|
| 3210 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3211 |
|
|
|
| 3212 |
|
|
case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
|
| 3213 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (mode, op0, op1, const0_rtx);
|
| 3214 |
|
|
|
| 3215 |
|
|
case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
|
| 3216 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (mode, op0, const_true_rtx, op1);
|
| 3217 |
|
|
|
| 3218 |
|
|
case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
|
| 3219 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (EQ, mode, inner_mode, op0, const0_rtx);
|
| 3220 |
|
|
|
| 3221 |
|
|
case LT_EXPR:
|
| 3222 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (unsignedp ? LTU : LT, mode, inner_mode,
|
| 3223 |
|
|
op0, op1);
|
| 3224 |
|
|
|
| 3225 |
|
|
case LE_EXPR:
|
| 3226 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (unsignedp ? LEU : LE, mode, inner_mode,
|
| 3227 |
|
|
op0, op1);
|
| 3228 |
|
|
|
| 3229 |
|
|
case GT_EXPR:
|
| 3230 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (unsignedp ? GTU : GT, mode, inner_mode,
|
| 3231 |
|
|
op0, op1);
|
| 3232 |
|
|
|
| 3233 |
|
|
case GE_EXPR:
|
| 3234 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (unsignedp ? GEU : GE, mode, inner_mode,
|
| 3235 |
|
|
op0, op1);
|
| 3236 |
|
|
|
| 3237 |
|
|
case EQ_EXPR:
|
| 3238 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (EQ, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3239 |
|
|
|
| 3240 |
|
|
case NE_EXPR:
|
| 3241 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (NE, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3242 |
|
|
|
| 3243 |
|
|
case UNORDERED_EXPR:
|
| 3244 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (UNORDERED, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3245 |
|
|
|
| 3246 |
|
|
case ORDERED_EXPR:
|
| 3247 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (ORDERED, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3248 |
|
|
|
| 3249 |
|
|
case UNLT_EXPR:
|
| 3250 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (UNLT, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3251 |
|
|
|
| 3252 |
|
|
case UNLE_EXPR:
|
| 3253 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (UNLE, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3254 |
|
|
|
| 3255 |
|
|
case UNGT_EXPR:
|
| 3256 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (UNGT, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3257 |
|
|
|
| 3258 |
|
|
case UNGE_EXPR:
|
| 3259 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (UNGE, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3260 |
|
|
|
| 3261 |
|
|
case UNEQ_EXPR:
|
| 3262 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (UNEQ, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3263 |
|
|
|
| 3264 |
|
|
case LTGT_EXPR:
|
| 3265 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (LTGT, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3266 |
|
|
|
| 3267 |
|
|
case COND_EXPR:
|
| 3268 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (mode, op0, op1, op2);
|
| 3269 |
|
|
|
| 3270 |
|
|
case COMPLEX_EXPR:
|
| 3271 |
|
|
gcc_assert (COMPLEX_MODE_P (mode));
|
| 3272 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode)
|
| 3273 |
|
|
op0 = gen_rtx_CONST (GET_MODE_INNER (mode), op0);
|
| 3274 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (op1) == VOIDmode)
|
| 3275 |
|
|
op1 = gen_rtx_CONST (GET_MODE_INNER (mode), op1);
|
| 3276 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3277 |
|
|
|
| 3278 |
|
|
case CONJ_EXPR:
|
| 3279 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONCAT)
|
| 3280 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
| 3281 |
|
|
simplify_gen_unary (NEG, GET_MODE_INNER (mode),
|
| 3282 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 1),
|
| 3283 |
|
|
GET_MODE_INNER (mode)));
|
| 3284 |
|
|
else
|
| 3285 |
|
|
{
|
| 3286 |
|
|
enum machine_mode imode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
|
| 3287 |
|
|
rtx re, im;
|
| 3288 |
|
|
|
| 3289 |
|
|
if (MEM_P (op0))
|
| 3290 |
|
|
{
|
| 3291 |
|
|
re = adjust_address_nv (op0, imode, 0);
|
| 3292 |
|
|
im = adjust_address_nv (op0, imode, GET_MODE_SIZE (imode));
|
| 3293 |
|
|
}
|
| 3294 |
|
|
else
|
| 3295 |
|
|
{
|
| 3296 |
|
|
enum machine_mode ifmode = int_mode_for_mode (mode);
|
| 3297 |
|
|
enum machine_mode ihmode = int_mode_for_mode (imode);
|
| 3298 |
|
|
rtx halfsize;
|
| 3299 |
|
|
if (ifmode == BLKmode || ihmode == BLKmode)
|
| 3300 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3301 |
|
|
halfsize = GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (ihmode));
|
| 3302 |
|
|
re = op0;
|
| 3303 |
|
|
if (mode != ifmode)
|
| 3304 |
|
|
re = gen_rtx_SUBREG (ifmode, re, 0);
|
| 3305 |
|
|
re = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTRACT (ihmode, re, halfsize, const0_rtx);
|
| 3306 |
|
|
if (imode != ihmode)
|
| 3307 |
|
|
re = gen_rtx_SUBREG (imode, re, 0);
|
| 3308 |
|
|
im = copy_rtx (op0);
|
| 3309 |
|
|
if (mode != ifmode)
|
| 3310 |
|
|
im = gen_rtx_SUBREG (ifmode, im, 0);
|
| 3311 |
|
|
im = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTRACT (ihmode, im, halfsize, halfsize);
|
| 3312 |
|
|
if (imode != ihmode)
|
| 3313 |
|
|
im = gen_rtx_SUBREG (imode, im, 0);
|
| 3314 |
|
|
}
|
| 3315 |
|
|
im = gen_rtx_NEG (imode, im);
|
| 3316 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode, re, im);
|
| 3317 |
|
|
}
|
| 3318 |
|
|
|
| 3319 |
|
|
case ADDR_EXPR:
|
| 3320 |
|
|
op0 = expand_debug_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
|
| 3321 |
|
|
if (!op0 || !MEM_P (op0))
|
| 3322 |
|
|
{
|
| 3323 |
|
|
if ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == VAR_DECL
|
| 3324 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == PARM_DECL
|
| 3325 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == RESULT_DECL)
|
| 3326 |
|
|
&& (!TREE_ADDRESSABLE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))
|
| 3327 |
|
|
|| target_for_debug_bind (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
|
| 3328 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR (mode, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
|
| 3329 |
|
|
|
| 3330 |
|
|
if (handled_component_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
|
| 3331 |
|
|
{
|
| 3332 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT bitoffset, bitsize, maxsize;
|
| 3333 |
|
|
tree decl
|
| 3334 |
|
|
= get_ref_base_and_extent (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0),
|
| 3335 |
|
|
&bitoffset, &bitsize, &maxsize);
|
| 3336 |
|
|
if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
|
| 3337 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
|
| 3338 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL)
|
| 3339 |
|
|
&& (!TREE_ADDRESSABLE (decl)
|
| 3340 |
|
|
|| target_for_debug_bind (decl))
|
| 3341 |
|
|
&& (bitoffset % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0
|
| 3342 |
|
|
&& bitsize > 0
|
| 3343 |
|
|
&& bitsize == maxsize)
|
| 3344 |
|
|
return plus_constant (gen_rtx_DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR (mode, decl),
|
| 3345 |
|
|
bitoffset / BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
| 3346 |
|
|
}
|
| 3347 |
|
|
|
| 3348 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3349 |
|
|
}
|
| 3350 |
|
|
|
| 3351 |
|
|
as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
|
| 3352 |
|
|
op0 = convert_debug_memory_address (mode, XEXP (op0, 0), as);
|
| 3353 |
|
|
|
| 3354 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 3355 |
|
|
|
| 3356 |
|
|
case VECTOR_CST:
|
| 3357 |
|
|
exp = build_constructor_from_list (TREE_TYPE (exp),
|
| 3358 |
|
|
TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (exp));
|
| 3359 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 3360 |
|
|
|
| 3361 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
| 3362 |
|
|
if (TREE_CLOBBER_P (exp))
|
| 3363 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3364 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == VECTOR_TYPE)
|
| 3365 |
|
|
{
|
| 3366 |
|
|
unsigned i;
|
| 3367 |
|
|
tree val;
|
| 3368 |
|
|
|
| 3369 |
|
|
op0 = gen_rtx_CONCATN
|
| 3370 |
|
|
(mode, rtvec_alloc (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (TREE_TYPE (exp))));
|
| 3371 |
|
|
|
| 3372 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), i, val)
|
| 3373 |
|
|
{
|
| 3374 |
|
|
op1 = expand_debug_expr (val);
|
| 3375 |
|
|
if (!op1)
|
| 3376 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3377 |
|
|
XVECEXP (op0, 0, i) = op1;
|
| 3378 |
|
|
}
|
| 3379 |
|
|
|
| 3380 |
|
|
if (i < TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (TREE_TYPE (exp)))
|
| 3381 |
|
|
{
|
| 3382 |
|
|
op1 = expand_debug_expr
|
| 3383 |
|
|
(build_zero_cst (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))));
|
| 3384 |
|
|
|
| 3385 |
|
|
if (!op1)
|
| 3386 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3387 |
|
|
|
| 3388 |
|
|
for (; i < TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (TREE_TYPE (exp)); i++)
|
| 3389 |
|
|
XVECEXP (op0, 0, i) = op1;
|
| 3390 |
|
|
}
|
| 3391 |
|
|
|
| 3392 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 3393 |
|
|
}
|
| 3394 |
|
|
else
|
| 3395 |
|
|
goto flag_unsupported;
|
| 3396 |
|
|
|
| 3397 |
|
|
case CALL_EXPR:
|
| 3398 |
|
|
/* ??? Maybe handle some builtins? */
|
| 3399 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3400 |
|
|
|
| 3401 |
|
|
case SSA_NAME:
|
| 3402 |
|
|
{
|
| 3403 |
|
|
gimple g = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (exp);
|
| 3404 |
|
|
if (g)
|
| 3405 |
|
|
{
|
| 3406 |
|
|
op0 = expand_debug_expr (gimple_assign_rhs_to_tree (g));
|
| 3407 |
|
|
if (!op0)
|
| 3408 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3409 |
|
|
}
|
| 3410 |
|
|
else
|
| 3411 |
|
|
{
|
| 3412 |
|
|
int part = var_to_partition (SA.map, exp);
|
| 3413 |
|
|
|
| 3414 |
|
|
if (part == NO_PARTITION)
|
| 3415 |
|
|
{
|
| 3416 |
|
|
/* If this is a reference to an incoming value of parameter
|
| 3417 |
|
|
that is never used in the code or where the incoming
|
| 3418 |
|
|
value is never used in the code, use PARM_DECL's
|
| 3419 |
|
|
DECL_RTL if set. */
|
| 3420 |
|
|
if (SSA_NAME_IS_DEFAULT_DEF (exp)
|
| 3421 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (SSA_NAME_VAR (exp)) == PARM_DECL)
|
| 3422 |
|
|
{
|
| 3423 |
|
|
op0 = expand_debug_parm_decl (SSA_NAME_VAR (exp));
|
| 3424 |
|
|
if (op0)
|
| 3425 |
|
|
goto adjust_mode;
|
| 3426 |
|
|
op0 = expand_debug_expr (SSA_NAME_VAR (exp));
|
| 3427 |
|
|
if (op0)
|
| 3428 |
|
|
goto adjust_mode;
|
| 3429 |
|
|
}
|
| 3430 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3431 |
|
|
}
|
| 3432 |
|
|
|
| 3433 |
|
|
gcc_assert (part >= 0 && (unsigned)part < SA.map->num_partitions);
|
| 3434 |
|
|
|
| 3435 |
|
|
op0 = copy_rtx (SA.partition_to_pseudo[part]);
|
| 3436 |
|
|
}
|
| 3437 |
|
|
goto adjust_mode;
|
| 3438 |
|
|
}
|
| 3439 |
|
|
|
| 3440 |
|
|
case ERROR_MARK:
|
| 3441 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3442 |
|
|
|
| 3443 |
|
|
/* Vector stuff. For most of the codes we don't have rtl codes. */
|
| 3444 |
|
|
case REALIGN_LOAD_EXPR:
|
| 3445 |
|
|
case REDUC_MAX_EXPR:
|
| 3446 |
|
|
case REDUC_MIN_EXPR:
|
| 3447 |
|
|
case REDUC_PLUS_EXPR:
|
| 3448 |
|
|
case VEC_COND_EXPR:
|
| 3449 |
|
|
case VEC_LSHIFT_EXPR:
|
| 3450 |
|
|
case VEC_PACK_FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
|
| 3451 |
|
|
case VEC_PACK_SAT_EXPR:
|
| 3452 |
|
|
case VEC_PACK_TRUNC_EXPR:
|
| 3453 |
|
|
case VEC_RSHIFT_EXPR:
|
| 3454 |
|
|
case VEC_UNPACK_FLOAT_HI_EXPR:
|
| 3455 |
|
|
case VEC_UNPACK_FLOAT_LO_EXPR:
|
| 3456 |
|
|
case VEC_UNPACK_HI_EXPR:
|
| 3457 |
|
|
case VEC_UNPACK_LO_EXPR:
|
| 3458 |
|
|
case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_HI_EXPR:
|
| 3459 |
|
|
case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_LO_EXPR:
|
| 3460 |
|
|
case VEC_WIDEN_LSHIFT_HI_EXPR:
|
| 3461 |
|
|
case VEC_WIDEN_LSHIFT_LO_EXPR:
|
| 3462 |
|
|
case VEC_PERM_EXPR:
|
| 3463 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3464 |
|
|
|
| 3465 |
|
|
/* Misc codes. */
|
| 3466 |
|
|
case ADDR_SPACE_CONVERT_EXPR:
|
| 3467 |
|
|
case FIXED_CONVERT_EXPR:
|
| 3468 |
|
|
case OBJ_TYPE_REF:
|
| 3469 |
|
|
case WITH_SIZE_EXPR:
|
| 3470 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3471 |
|
|
|
| 3472 |
|
|
case DOT_PROD_EXPR:
|
| 3473 |
|
|
if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op0))
|
| 3474 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
|
| 3475 |
|
|
{
|
| 3476 |
|
|
op0
|
| 3477 |
|
|
= simplify_gen_unary (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp,
|
| 3478 |
|
|
0)))
|
| 3479 |
|
|
? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0,
|
| 3480 |
|
|
inner_mode);
|
| 3481 |
|
|
op1
|
| 3482 |
|
|
= simplify_gen_unary (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp,
|
| 3483 |
|
|
1)))
|
| 3484 |
|
|
? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op1,
|
| 3485 |
|
|
inner_mode);
|
| 3486 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3487 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, op2);
|
| 3488 |
|
|
}
|
| 3489 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3490 |
|
|
|
| 3491 |
|
|
case WIDEN_MULT_EXPR:
|
| 3492 |
|
|
case WIDEN_MULT_PLUS_EXPR:
|
| 3493 |
|
|
case WIDEN_MULT_MINUS_EXPR:
|
| 3494 |
|
|
if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op0))
|
| 3495 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
|
| 3496 |
|
|
{
|
| 3497 |
|
|
inner_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
| 3498 |
|
|
if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
|
| 3499 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode);
|
| 3500 |
|
|
else
|
| 3501 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_unary (SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode);
|
| 3502 |
|
|
if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))))
|
| 3503 |
|
|
op1 = simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, op1, inner_mode);
|
| 3504 |
|
|
else
|
| 3505 |
|
|
op1 = simplify_gen_unary (SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op1, inner_mode);
|
| 3506 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3507 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (exp) == WIDEN_MULT_EXPR)
|
| 3508 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 3509 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == WIDEN_MULT_PLUS_EXPR)
|
| 3510 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, op2);
|
| 3511 |
|
|
else
|
| 3512 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, op2, op0);
|
| 3513 |
|
|
}
|
| 3514 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3515 |
|
|
|
| 3516 |
|
|
case WIDEN_SUM_EXPR:
|
| 3517 |
|
|
case WIDEN_LSHIFT_EXPR:
|
| 3518 |
|
|
if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op0))
|
| 3519 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
|
| 3520 |
|
|
{
|
| 3521 |
|
|
op0
|
| 3522 |
|
|
= simplify_gen_unary (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp,
|
| 3523 |
|
|
0)))
|
| 3524 |
|
|
? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0,
|
| 3525 |
|
|
inner_mode);
|
| 3526 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (TREE_CODE (exp) == WIDEN_LSHIFT_EXPR
|
| 3527 |
|
|
? ASHIFT : PLUS, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3528 |
|
|
}
|
| 3529 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3530 |
|
|
|
| 3531 |
|
|
case FMA_EXPR:
|
| 3532 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_ternary (FMA, mode, inner_mode, op0, op1, op2);
|
| 3533 |
|
|
|
| 3534 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3535 |
|
|
flag_unsupported:
|
| 3536 |
|
|
#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
|
| 3537 |
|
|
debug_tree (exp);
|
| 3538 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 3539 |
|
|
#else
|
| 3540 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3541 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3542 |
|
|
}
|
| 3543 |
|
|
}
|
| 3544 |
|
|
|
| 3545 |
|
|
/* Return an RTX equivalent to the source bind value of the tree expression
|
| 3546 |
|
|
EXP. */
|
| 3547 |
|
|
|
| 3548 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 3549 |
|
|
expand_debug_source_expr (tree exp)
|
| 3550 |
|
|
{
|
| 3551 |
|
|
rtx op0 = NULL_RTX;
|
| 3552 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, inner_mode;
|
| 3553 |
|
|
|
| 3554 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
|
| 3555 |
|
|
{
|
| 3556 |
|
|
case PARM_DECL:
|
| 3557 |
|
|
{
|
| 3558 |
|
|
mode = DECL_MODE (exp);
|
| 3559 |
|
|
op0 = expand_debug_parm_decl (exp);
|
| 3560 |
|
|
if (op0)
|
| 3561 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3562 |
|
|
/* See if this isn't an argument that has been completely
|
| 3563 |
|
|
optimized out. */
|
| 3564 |
|
|
if (!DECL_RTL_SET_P (exp)
|
| 3565 |
|
|
&& !DECL_INCOMING_RTL (exp)
|
| 3566 |
|
|
&& DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (current_function_decl))
|
| 3567 |
|
|
{
|
| 3568 |
|
|
tree aexp = exp;
|
| 3569 |
|
|
if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (exp))
|
| 3570 |
|
|
aexp = DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (exp);
|
| 3571 |
|
|
if (DECL_CONTEXT (aexp)
|
| 3572 |
|
|
== DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (current_function_decl))
|
| 3573 |
|
|
{
|
| 3574 |
|
|
VEC(tree, gc) **debug_args;
|
| 3575 |
|
|
unsigned int ix;
|
| 3576 |
|
|
tree ddecl;
|
| 3577 |
|
|
#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
|
| 3578 |
|
|
tree parm;
|
| 3579 |
|
|
for (parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (current_function_decl);
|
| 3580 |
|
|
parm; parm = DECL_CHAIN (parm))
|
| 3581 |
|
|
gcc_assert (parm != exp
|
| 3582 |
|
|
&& DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (parm) != aexp);
|
| 3583 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 3584 |
|
|
debug_args = decl_debug_args_lookup (current_function_decl);
|
| 3585 |
|
|
if (debug_args != NULL)
|
| 3586 |
|
|
{
|
| 3587 |
|
|
for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (tree, *debug_args, ix, ddecl);
|
| 3588 |
|
|
ix += 2)
|
| 3589 |
|
|
if (ddecl == aexp)
|
| 3590 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF (mode, aexp);
|
| 3591 |
|
|
}
|
| 3592 |
|
|
}
|
| 3593 |
|
|
}
|
| 3594 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3595 |
|
|
}
|
| 3596 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3597 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3598 |
|
|
}
|
| 3599 |
|
|
|
| 3600 |
|
|
if (op0 == NULL_RTX)
|
| 3601 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 3602 |
|
|
|
| 3603 |
|
|
inner_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
| 3604 |
|
|
if (mode == inner_mode)
|
| 3605 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 3606 |
|
|
|
| 3607 |
|
|
if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode) && FLOAT_MODE_P (inner_mode))
|
| 3608 |
|
|
{
|
| 3609 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode))
|
| 3610 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, op0, inner_mode, 0);
|
| 3611 |
|
|
else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode))
|
| 3612 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT_TRUNCATE, mode, op0, inner_mode);
|
| 3613 |
|
|
else
|
| 3614 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode);
|
| 3615 |
|
|
}
|
| 3616 |
|
|
else if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
|
| 3617 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 3618 |
|
|
else if (FLOAT_MODE_P (inner_mode))
|
| 3619 |
|
|
{
|
| 3620 |
|
|
if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)))
|
| 3621 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_unary (UNSIGNED_FIX, mode, op0, inner_mode);
|
| 3622 |
|
|
else
|
| 3623 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_unary (FIX, mode, op0, inner_mode);
|
| 3624 |
|
|
}
|
| 3625 |
|
|
else if (CONSTANT_P (op0)
|
| 3626 |
|
|
|| GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode))
|
| 3627 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, op0, inner_mode,
|
| 3628 |
|
|
subreg_lowpart_offset (mode, inner_mode));
|
| 3629 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)))
|
| 3630 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode);
|
| 3631 |
|
|
else
|
| 3632 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_unary (SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0, inner_mode);
|
| 3633 |
|
|
|
| 3634 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 3635 |
|
|
}
|
| 3636 |
|
|
|
| 3637 |
|
|
/* Expand the _LOCs in debug insns. We run this after expanding all
|
| 3638 |
|
|
regular insns, so that any variables referenced in the function
|
| 3639 |
|
|
will have their DECL_RTLs set. */
|
| 3640 |
|
|
|
| 3641 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3642 |
|
|
expand_debug_locations (void)
|
| 3643 |
|
|
{
|
| 3644 |
|
|
rtx insn;
|
| 3645 |
|
|
rtx last = get_last_insn ();
|
| 3646 |
|
|
int save_strict_alias = flag_strict_aliasing;
|
| 3647 |
|
|
|
| 3648 |
|
|
/* New alias sets while setting up memory attributes cause
|
| 3649 |
|
|
-fcompare-debug failures, even though it doesn't bring about any
|
| 3650 |
|
|
codegen changes. */
|
| 3651 |
|
|
flag_strict_aliasing = 0;
|
| 3652 |
|
|
|
| 3653 |
|
|
for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
| 3654 |
|
|
if (DEBUG_INSN_P (insn))
|
| 3655 |
|
|
{
|
| 3656 |
|
|
tree value = (tree)INSN_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (insn);
|
| 3657 |
|
|
rtx val;
|
| 3658 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
| 3659 |
|
|
|
| 3660 |
|
|
if (value == NULL_TREE)
|
| 3661 |
|
|
val = NULL_RTX;
|
| 3662 |
|
|
else
|
| 3663 |
|
|
{
|
| 3664 |
|
|
if (INSN_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (insn)
|
| 3665 |
|
|
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
|
| 3666 |
|
|
val = expand_debug_source_expr (value);
|
| 3667 |
|
|
else
|
| 3668 |
|
|
val = expand_debug_expr (value);
|
| 3669 |
|
|
gcc_assert (last == get_last_insn ());
|
| 3670 |
|
|
}
|
| 3671 |
|
|
|
| 3672 |
|
|
if (!val)
|
| 3673 |
|
|
val = gen_rtx_UNKNOWN_VAR_LOC ();
|
| 3674 |
|
|
else
|
| 3675 |
|
|
{
|
| 3676 |
|
|
mode = GET_MODE (INSN_VAR_LOCATION (insn));
|
| 3677 |
|
|
|
| 3678 |
|
|
gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (val)
|
| 3679 |
|
|
|| (GET_MODE (val) == VOIDmode
|
| 3680 |
|
|
&& (CONST_INT_P (val)
|
| 3681 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (val) == CONST_FIXED
|
| 3682 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (val) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 3683 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (val) == LABEL_REF)));
|
| 3684 |
|
|
}
|
| 3685 |
|
|
|
| 3686 |
|
|
INSN_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (insn) = val;
|
| 3687 |
|
|
}
|
| 3688 |
|
|
|
| 3689 |
|
|
flag_strict_aliasing = save_strict_alias;
|
| 3690 |
|
|
}
|
| 3691 |
|
|
|
| 3692 |
|
|
/* Expand basic block BB from GIMPLE trees to RTL. */
|
| 3693 |
|
|
|
| 3694 |
|
|
static basic_block
|
| 3695 |
|
|
expand_gimple_basic_block (basic_block bb)
|
| 3696 |
|
|
{
|
| 3697 |
|
|
gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
|
| 3698 |
|
|
gimple_seq stmts;
|
| 3699 |
|
|
gimple stmt = NULL;
|
| 3700 |
|
|
rtx note, last;
|
| 3701 |
|
|
edge e;
|
| 3702 |
|
|
edge_iterator ei;
|
| 3703 |
|
|
void **elt;
|
| 3704 |
|
|
|
| 3705 |
|
|
if (dump_file)
|
| 3706 |
|
|
fprintf (dump_file, "\n;; Generating RTL for gimple basic block %d\n",
|
| 3707 |
|
|
bb->index);
|
| 3708 |
|
|
|
| 3709 |
|
|
/* Note that since we are now transitioning from GIMPLE to RTL, we
|
| 3710 |
|
|
cannot use the gsi_*_bb() routines because they expect the basic
|
| 3711 |
|
|
block to be in GIMPLE, instead of RTL. Therefore, we need to
|
| 3712 |
|
|
access the BB sequence directly. */
|
| 3713 |
|
|
stmts = bb_seq (bb);
|
| 3714 |
|
|
bb->il.gimple = NULL;
|
| 3715 |
|
|
rtl_profile_for_bb (bb);
|
| 3716 |
|
|
init_rtl_bb_info (bb);
|
| 3717 |
|
|
bb->flags |= BB_RTL;
|
| 3718 |
|
|
|
| 3719 |
|
|
/* Remove the RETURN_EXPR if we may fall though to the exit
|
| 3720 |
|
|
instead. */
|
| 3721 |
|
|
gsi = gsi_last (stmts);
|
| 3722 |
|
|
if (!gsi_end_p (gsi)
|
| 3723 |
|
|
&& gimple_code (gsi_stmt (gsi)) == GIMPLE_RETURN)
|
| 3724 |
|
|
{
|
| 3725 |
|
|
gimple ret_stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
|
| 3726 |
|
|
|
| 3727 |
|
|
gcc_assert (single_succ_p (bb));
|
| 3728 |
|
|
gcc_assert (single_succ (bb) == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR);
|
| 3729 |
|
|
|
| 3730 |
|
|
if (bb->next_bb == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR
|
| 3731 |
|
|
&& !gimple_return_retval (ret_stmt))
|
| 3732 |
|
|
{
|
| 3733 |
|
|
gsi_remove (&gsi, false);
|
| 3734 |
|
|
single_succ_edge (bb)->flags |= EDGE_FALLTHRU;
|
| 3735 |
|
|
}
|
| 3736 |
|
|
}
|
| 3737 |
|
|
|
| 3738 |
|
|
gsi = gsi_start (stmts);
|
| 3739 |
|
|
if (!gsi_end_p (gsi))
|
| 3740 |
|
|
{
|
| 3741 |
|
|
stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
|
| 3742 |
|
|
if (gimple_code (stmt) != GIMPLE_LABEL)
|
| 3743 |
|
|
stmt = NULL;
|
| 3744 |
|
|
}
|
| 3745 |
|
|
|
| 3746 |
|
|
elt = pointer_map_contains (lab_rtx_for_bb, bb);
|
| 3747 |
|
|
|
| 3748 |
|
|
if (stmt || elt)
|
| 3749 |
|
|
{
|
| 3750 |
|
|
last = get_last_insn ();
|
| 3751 |
|
|
|
| 3752 |
|
|
if (stmt)
|
| 3753 |
|
|
{
|
| 3754 |
|
|
expand_gimple_stmt (stmt);
|
| 3755 |
|
|
gsi_next (&gsi);
|
| 3756 |
|
|
}
|
| 3757 |
|
|
|
| 3758 |
|
|
if (elt)
|
| 3759 |
|
|
emit_label ((rtx) *elt);
|
| 3760 |
|
|
|
| 3761 |
|
|
/* Java emits line number notes in the top of labels.
|
| 3762 |
|
|
??? Make this go away once line number notes are obsoleted. */
|
| 3763 |
|
|
BB_HEAD (bb) = NEXT_INSN (last);
|
| 3764 |
|
|
if (NOTE_P (BB_HEAD (bb)))
|
| 3765 |
|
|
BB_HEAD (bb) = NEXT_INSN (BB_HEAD (bb));
|
| 3766 |
|
|
note = emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK, BB_HEAD (bb));
|
| 3767 |
|
|
|
| 3768 |
|
|
maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last);
|
| 3769 |
|
|
}
|
| 3770 |
|
|
else
|
| 3771 |
|
|
note = BB_HEAD (bb) = emit_note (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK);
|
| 3772 |
|
|
|
| 3773 |
|
|
NOTE_BASIC_BLOCK (note) = bb;
|
| 3774 |
|
|
|
| 3775 |
|
|
for (; !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
|
| 3776 |
|
|
{
|
| 3777 |
|
|
basic_block new_bb;
|
| 3778 |
|
|
|
| 3779 |
|
|
stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
|
| 3780 |
|
|
|
| 3781 |
|
|
/* If this statement is a non-debug one, and we generate debug
|
| 3782 |
|
|
insns, then this one might be the last real use of a TERed
|
| 3783 |
|
|
SSA_NAME, but where there are still some debug uses further
|
| 3784 |
|
|
down. Expanding the current SSA name in such further debug
|
| 3785 |
|
|
uses by their RHS might lead to wrong debug info, as coalescing
|
| 3786 |
|
|
might make the operands of such RHS be placed into the same
|
| 3787 |
|
|
pseudo as something else. Like so:
|
| 3788 |
|
|
a_1 = a_0 + 1; // Assume a_1 is TERed and a_0 is dead
|
| 3789 |
|
|
use(a_1);
|
| 3790 |
|
|
a_2 = ...
|
| 3791 |
|
|
#DEBUG ... => a_1
|
| 3792 |
|
|
As a_0 and a_2 don't overlap in lifetime, assume they are coalesced.
|
| 3793 |
|
|
If we now would expand a_1 by it's RHS (a_0 + 1) in the debug use,
|
| 3794 |
|
|
the write to a_2 would actually have clobbered the place which
|
| 3795 |
|
|
formerly held a_0.
|
| 3796 |
|
|
|
| 3797 |
|
|
So, instead of that, we recognize the situation, and generate
|
| 3798 |
|
|
debug temporaries at the last real use of TERed SSA names:
|
| 3799 |
|
|
a_1 = a_0 + 1;
|
| 3800 |
|
|
#DEBUG #D1 => a_1
|
| 3801 |
|
|
use(a_1);
|
| 3802 |
|
|
a_2 = ...
|
| 3803 |
|
|
#DEBUG ... => #D1
|
| 3804 |
|
|
*/
|
| 3805 |
|
|
if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
|
| 3806 |
|
|
&& SA.values
|
| 3807 |
|
|
&& !is_gimple_debug (stmt))
|
| 3808 |
|
|
{
|
| 3809 |
|
|
ssa_op_iter iter;
|
| 3810 |
|
|
tree op;
|
| 3811 |
|
|
gimple def;
|
| 3812 |
|
|
|
| 3813 |
|
|
location_t sloc = get_curr_insn_source_location ();
|
| 3814 |
|
|
tree sblock = get_curr_insn_block ();
|
| 3815 |
|
|
|
| 3816 |
|
|
/* Look for SSA names that have their last use here (TERed
|
| 3817 |
|
|
names always have only one real use). */
|
| 3818 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_SSA_TREE_OPERAND (op, stmt, iter, SSA_OP_USE)
|
| 3819 |
|
|
if ((def = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (op)))
|
| 3820 |
|
|
{
|
| 3821 |
|
|
imm_use_iterator imm_iter;
|
| 3822 |
|
|
use_operand_p use_p;
|
| 3823 |
|
|
bool have_debug_uses = false;
|
| 3824 |
|
|
|
| 3825 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_FAST (use_p, imm_iter, op)
|
| 3826 |
|
|
{
|
| 3827 |
|
|
if (gimple_debug_bind_p (USE_STMT (use_p)))
|
| 3828 |
|
|
{
|
| 3829 |
|
|
have_debug_uses = true;
|
| 3830 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3831 |
|
|
}
|
| 3832 |
|
|
}
|
| 3833 |
|
|
|
| 3834 |
|
|
if (have_debug_uses)
|
| 3835 |
|
|
{
|
| 3836 |
|
|
/* OP is a TERed SSA name, with DEF it's defining
|
| 3837 |
|
|
statement, and where OP is used in further debug
|
| 3838 |
|
|
instructions. Generate a debug temporary, and
|
| 3839 |
|
|
replace all uses of OP in debug insns with that
|
| 3840 |
|
|
temporary. */
|
| 3841 |
|
|
gimple debugstmt;
|
| 3842 |
|
|
tree value = gimple_assign_rhs_to_tree (def);
|
| 3843 |
|
|
tree vexpr = make_node (DEBUG_EXPR_DECL);
|
| 3844 |
|
|
rtx val;
|
| 3845 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
| 3846 |
|
|
|
| 3847 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_source_location (gimple_location (def));
|
| 3848 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_block (gimple_block (def));
|
| 3849 |
|
|
|
| 3850 |
|
|
DECL_ARTIFICIAL (vexpr) = 1;
|
| 3851 |
|
|
TREE_TYPE (vexpr) = TREE_TYPE (value);
|
| 3852 |
|
|
if (DECL_P (value))
|
| 3853 |
|
|
mode = DECL_MODE (value);
|
| 3854 |
|
|
else
|
| 3855 |
|
|
mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (value));
|
| 3856 |
|
|
DECL_MODE (vexpr) = mode;
|
| 3857 |
|
|
|
| 3858 |
|
|
val = gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION
|
| 3859 |
|
|
(mode, vexpr, (rtx)value, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
|
| 3860 |
|
|
|
| 3861 |
|
|
emit_debug_insn (val);
|
| 3862 |
|
|
|
| 3863 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_STMT (debugstmt, imm_iter, op)
|
| 3864 |
|
|
{
|
| 3865 |
|
|
if (!gimple_debug_bind_p (debugstmt))
|
| 3866 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 3867 |
|
|
|
| 3868 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_ON_STMT (use_p, imm_iter)
|
| 3869 |
|
|
SET_USE (use_p, vexpr);
|
| 3870 |
|
|
|
| 3871 |
|
|
update_stmt (debugstmt);
|
| 3872 |
|
|
}
|
| 3873 |
|
|
}
|
| 3874 |
|
|
}
|
| 3875 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_source_location (sloc);
|
| 3876 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_block (sblock);
|
| 3877 |
|
|
}
|
| 3878 |
|
|
|
| 3879 |
|
|
currently_expanding_gimple_stmt = stmt;
|
| 3880 |
|
|
|
| 3881 |
|
|
/* Expand this statement, then evaluate the resulting RTL and
|
| 3882 |
|
|
fixup the CFG accordingly. */
|
| 3883 |
|
|
if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND)
|
| 3884 |
|
|
{
|
| 3885 |
|
|
new_bb = expand_gimple_cond (bb, stmt);
|
| 3886 |
|
|
if (new_bb)
|
| 3887 |
|
|
return new_bb;
|
| 3888 |
|
|
}
|
| 3889 |
|
|
else if (gimple_debug_bind_p (stmt))
|
| 3890 |
|
|
{
|
| 3891 |
|
|
location_t sloc = get_curr_insn_source_location ();
|
| 3892 |
|
|
tree sblock = get_curr_insn_block ();
|
| 3893 |
|
|
gimple_stmt_iterator nsi = gsi;
|
| 3894 |
|
|
|
| 3895 |
|
|
for (;;)
|
| 3896 |
|
|
{
|
| 3897 |
|
|
tree var = gimple_debug_bind_get_var (stmt);
|
| 3898 |
|
|
tree value;
|
| 3899 |
|
|
rtx val;
|
| 3900 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
| 3901 |
|
|
|
| 3902 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (var) != DEBUG_EXPR_DECL
|
| 3903 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (var) != LABEL_DECL
|
| 3904 |
|
|
&& !target_for_debug_bind (var))
|
| 3905 |
|
|
goto delink_debug_stmt;
|
| 3906 |
|
|
|
| 3907 |
|
|
if (gimple_debug_bind_has_value_p (stmt))
|
| 3908 |
|
|
value = gimple_debug_bind_get_value (stmt);
|
| 3909 |
|
|
else
|
| 3910 |
|
|
value = NULL_TREE;
|
| 3911 |
|
|
|
| 3912 |
|
|
last = get_last_insn ();
|
| 3913 |
|
|
|
| 3914 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_source_location (gimple_location (stmt));
|
| 3915 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_block (gimple_block (stmt));
|
| 3916 |
|
|
|
| 3917 |
|
|
if (DECL_P (var))
|
| 3918 |
|
|
mode = DECL_MODE (var);
|
| 3919 |
|
|
else
|
| 3920 |
|
|
mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (var));
|
| 3921 |
|
|
|
| 3922 |
|
|
val = gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION
|
| 3923 |
|
|
(mode, var, (rtx)value, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
|
| 3924 |
|
|
|
| 3925 |
|
|
emit_debug_insn (val);
|
| 3926 |
|
|
|
| 3927 |
|
|
if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
|
| 3928 |
|
|
{
|
| 3929 |
|
|
/* We can't dump the insn with a TREE where an RTX
|
| 3930 |
|
|
is expected. */
|
| 3931 |
|
|
PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (val) = const0_rtx;
|
| 3932 |
|
|
maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last);
|
| 3933 |
|
|
PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (val) = (rtx)value;
|
| 3934 |
|
|
}
|
| 3935 |
|
|
|
| 3936 |
|
|
delink_debug_stmt:
|
| 3937 |
|
|
/* In order not to generate too many debug temporaries,
|
| 3938 |
|
|
we delink all uses of debug statements we already expanded.
|
| 3939 |
|
|
Therefore debug statements between definition and real
|
| 3940 |
|
|
use of TERed SSA names will continue to use the SSA name,
|
| 3941 |
|
|
and not be replaced with debug temps. */
|
| 3942 |
|
|
delink_stmt_imm_use (stmt);
|
| 3943 |
|
|
|
| 3944 |
|
|
gsi = nsi;
|
| 3945 |
|
|
gsi_next (&nsi);
|
| 3946 |
|
|
if (gsi_end_p (nsi))
|
| 3947 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3948 |
|
|
stmt = gsi_stmt (nsi);
|
| 3949 |
|
|
if (!gimple_debug_bind_p (stmt))
|
| 3950 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3951 |
|
|
}
|
| 3952 |
|
|
|
| 3953 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_source_location (sloc);
|
| 3954 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_block (sblock);
|
| 3955 |
|
|
}
|
| 3956 |
|
|
else if (gimple_debug_source_bind_p (stmt))
|
| 3957 |
|
|
{
|
| 3958 |
|
|
location_t sloc = get_curr_insn_source_location ();
|
| 3959 |
|
|
tree sblock = get_curr_insn_block ();
|
| 3960 |
|
|
tree var = gimple_debug_source_bind_get_var (stmt);
|
| 3961 |
|
|
tree value = gimple_debug_source_bind_get_value (stmt);
|
| 3962 |
|
|
rtx val;
|
| 3963 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
| 3964 |
|
|
|
| 3965 |
|
|
last = get_last_insn ();
|
| 3966 |
|
|
|
| 3967 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_source_location (gimple_location (stmt));
|
| 3968 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_block (gimple_block (stmt));
|
| 3969 |
|
|
|
| 3970 |
|
|
mode = DECL_MODE (var);
|
| 3971 |
|
|
|
| 3972 |
|
|
val = gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION (mode, var, (rtx)value,
|
| 3973 |
|
|
VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED);
|
| 3974 |
|
|
|
| 3975 |
|
|
emit_debug_insn (val);
|
| 3976 |
|
|
|
| 3977 |
|
|
if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
|
| 3978 |
|
|
{
|
| 3979 |
|
|
/* We can't dump the insn with a TREE where an RTX
|
| 3980 |
|
|
is expected. */
|
| 3981 |
|
|
PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (val) = const0_rtx;
|
| 3982 |
|
|
maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last);
|
| 3983 |
|
|
PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (val) = (rtx)value;
|
| 3984 |
|
|
}
|
| 3985 |
|
|
|
| 3986 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_source_location (sloc);
|
| 3987 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_block (sblock);
|
| 3988 |
|
|
}
|
| 3989 |
|
|
else
|
| 3990 |
|
|
{
|
| 3991 |
|
|
if (is_gimple_call (stmt) && gimple_call_tail_p (stmt))
|
| 3992 |
|
|
{
|
| 3993 |
|
|
bool can_fallthru;
|
| 3994 |
|
|
new_bb = expand_gimple_tailcall (bb, stmt, &can_fallthru);
|
| 3995 |
|
|
if (new_bb)
|
| 3996 |
|
|
{
|
| 3997 |
|
|
if (can_fallthru)
|
| 3998 |
|
|
bb = new_bb;
|
| 3999 |
|
|
else
|
| 4000 |
|
|
return new_bb;
|
| 4001 |
|
|
}
|
| 4002 |
|
|
}
|
| 4003 |
|
|
else
|
| 4004 |
|
|
{
|
| 4005 |
|
|
def_operand_p def_p;
|
| 4006 |
|
|
def_p = SINGLE_SSA_DEF_OPERAND (stmt, SSA_OP_DEF);
|
| 4007 |
|
|
|
| 4008 |
|
|
if (def_p != NULL)
|
| 4009 |
|
|
{
|
| 4010 |
|
|
/* Ignore this stmt if it is in the list of
|
| 4011 |
|
|
replaceable expressions. */
|
| 4012 |
|
|
if (SA.values
|
| 4013 |
|
|
&& bitmap_bit_p (SA.values,
|
| 4014 |
|
|
SSA_NAME_VERSION (DEF_FROM_PTR (def_p))))
|
| 4015 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 4016 |
|
|
}
|
| 4017 |
|
|
last = expand_gimple_stmt (stmt);
|
| 4018 |
|
|
maybe_dump_rtl_for_gimple_stmt (stmt, last);
|
| 4019 |
|
|
}
|
| 4020 |
|
|
}
|
| 4021 |
|
|
}
|
| 4022 |
|
|
|
| 4023 |
|
|
currently_expanding_gimple_stmt = NULL;
|
| 4024 |
|
|
|
| 4025 |
|
|
/* Expand implicit goto and convert goto_locus. */
|
| 4026 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
|
| 4027 |
|
|
{
|
| 4028 |
|
|
if (e->goto_locus && e->goto_block)
|
| 4029 |
|
|
{
|
| 4030 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_source_location (e->goto_locus);
|
| 4031 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_block (e->goto_block);
|
| 4032 |
|
|
e->goto_locus = curr_insn_locator ();
|
| 4033 |
|
|
}
|
| 4034 |
|
|
e->goto_block = NULL;
|
| 4035 |
|
|
if ((e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU) && e->dest != bb->next_bb)
|
| 4036 |
|
|
{
|
| 4037 |
|
|
emit_jump (label_rtx_for_bb (e->dest));
|
| 4038 |
|
|
e->flags &= ~EDGE_FALLTHRU;
|
| 4039 |
|
|
}
|
| 4040 |
|
|
}
|
| 4041 |
|
|
|
| 4042 |
|
|
/* Expanded RTL can create a jump in the last instruction of block.
|
| 4043 |
|
|
This later might be assumed to be a jump to successor and break edge insertion.
|
| 4044 |
|
|
We need to insert dummy move to prevent this. PR41440. */
|
| 4045 |
|
|
if (single_succ_p (bb)
|
| 4046 |
|
|
&& (single_succ_edge (bb)->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU)
|
| 4047 |
|
|
&& (last = get_last_insn ())
|
| 4048 |
|
|
&& JUMP_P (last))
|
| 4049 |
|
|
{
|
| 4050 |
|
|
rtx dummy = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
|
| 4051 |
|
|
emit_insn_after_noloc (gen_move_insn (dummy, dummy), last, NULL);
|
| 4052 |
|
|
}
|
| 4053 |
|
|
|
| 4054 |
|
|
do_pending_stack_adjust ();
|
| 4055 |
|
|
|
| 4056 |
|
|
/* Find the block tail. The last insn in the block is the insn
|
| 4057 |
|
|
before a barrier and/or table jump insn. */
|
| 4058 |
|
|
last = get_last_insn ();
|
| 4059 |
|
|
if (BARRIER_P (last))
|
| 4060 |
|
|
last = PREV_INSN (last);
|
| 4061 |
|
|
if (JUMP_TABLE_DATA_P (last))
|
| 4062 |
|
|
last = PREV_INSN (PREV_INSN (last));
|
| 4063 |
|
|
BB_END (bb) = last;
|
| 4064 |
|
|
|
| 4065 |
|
|
update_bb_for_insn (bb);
|
| 4066 |
|
|
|
| 4067 |
|
|
return bb;
|
| 4068 |
|
|
}
|
| 4069 |
|
|
|
| 4070 |
|
|
|
| 4071 |
|
|
/* Create a basic block for initialization code. */
|
| 4072 |
|
|
|
| 4073 |
|
|
static basic_block
|
| 4074 |
|
|
construct_init_block (void)
|
| 4075 |
|
|
{
|
| 4076 |
|
|
basic_block init_block, first_block;
|
| 4077 |
|
|
edge e = NULL;
|
| 4078 |
|
|
int flags;
|
| 4079 |
|
|
|
| 4080 |
|
|
/* Multiple entry points not supported yet. */
|
| 4081 |
|
|
gcc_assert (EDGE_COUNT (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->succs) == 1);
|
| 4082 |
|
|
init_rtl_bb_info (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR);
|
| 4083 |
|
|
init_rtl_bb_info (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR);
|
| 4084 |
|
|
ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->flags |= BB_RTL;
|
| 4085 |
|
|
EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->flags |= BB_RTL;
|
| 4086 |
|
|
|
| 4087 |
|
|
e = EDGE_SUCC (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR, 0);
|
| 4088 |
|
|
|
| 4089 |
|
|
/* When entry edge points to first basic block, we don't need jump,
|
| 4090 |
|
|
otherwise we have to jump into proper target. */
|
| 4091 |
|
|
if (e && e->dest != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb)
|
| 4092 |
|
|
{
|
| 4093 |
|
|
tree label = gimple_block_label (e->dest);
|
| 4094 |
|
|
|
| 4095 |
|
|
emit_jump (label_rtx (label));
|
| 4096 |
|
|
flags = 0;
|
| 4097 |
|
|
}
|
| 4098 |
|
|
else
|
| 4099 |
|
|
flags = EDGE_FALLTHRU;
|
| 4100 |
|
|
|
| 4101 |
|
|
init_block = create_basic_block (NEXT_INSN (get_insns ()),
|
| 4102 |
|
|
get_last_insn (),
|
| 4103 |
|
|
ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR);
|
| 4104 |
|
|
init_block->frequency = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->frequency;
|
| 4105 |
|
|
init_block->count = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->count;
|
| 4106 |
|
|
if (e)
|
| 4107 |
|
|
{
|
| 4108 |
|
|
first_block = e->dest;
|
| 4109 |
|
|
redirect_edge_succ (e, init_block);
|
| 4110 |
|
|
e = make_edge (init_block, first_block, flags);
|
| 4111 |
|
|
}
|
| 4112 |
|
|
else
|
| 4113 |
|
|
e = make_edge (init_block, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, EDGE_FALLTHRU);
|
| 4114 |
|
|
e->probability = REG_BR_PROB_BASE;
|
| 4115 |
|
|
e->count = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->count;
|
| 4116 |
|
|
|
| 4117 |
|
|
update_bb_for_insn (init_block);
|
| 4118 |
|
|
return init_block;
|
| 4119 |
|
|
}
|
| 4120 |
|
|
|
| 4121 |
|
|
/* For each lexical block, set BLOCK_NUMBER to the depth at which it is
|
| 4122 |
|
|
found in the block tree. */
|
| 4123 |
|
|
|
| 4124 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4125 |
|
|
set_block_levels (tree block, int level)
|
| 4126 |
|
|
{
|
| 4127 |
|
|
while (block)
|
| 4128 |
|
|
{
|
| 4129 |
|
|
BLOCK_NUMBER (block) = level;
|
| 4130 |
|
|
set_block_levels (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block), level + 1);
|
| 4131 |
|
|
block = BLOCK_CHAIN (block);
|
| 4132 |
|
|
}
|
| 4133 |
|
|
}
|
| 4134 |
|
|
|
| 4135 |
|
|
/* Create a block containing landing pads and similar stuff. */
|
| 4136 |
|
|
|
| 4137 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4138 |
|
|
construct_exit_block (void)
|
| 4139 |
|
|
{
|
| 4140 |
|
|
rtx head = get_last_insn ();
|
| 4141 |
|
|
rtx end;
|
| 4142 |
|
|
basic_block exit_block;
|
| 4143 |
|
|
edge e, e2;
|
| 4144 |
|
|
unsigned ix;
|
| 4145 |
|
|
edge_iterator ei;
|
| 4146 |
|
|
rtx orig_end = BB_END (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->prev_bb);
|
| 4147 |
|
|
|
| 4148 |
|
|
rtl_profile_for_bb (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR);
|
| 4149 |
|
|
|
| 4150 |
|
|
/* Make sure the locus is set to the end of the function, so that
|
| 4151 |
|
|
epilogue line numbers and warnings are set properly. */
|
| 4152 |
|
|
if (cfun->function_end_locus != UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
|
| 4153 |
|
|
input_location = cfun->function_end_locus;
|
| 4154 |
|
|
|
| 4155 |
|
|
/* The following insns belong to the top scope. */
|
| 4156 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_block (DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl));
|
| 4157 |
|
|
|
| 4158 |
|
|
/* Generate rtl for function exit. */
|
| 4159 |
|
|
expand_function_end ();
|
| 4160 |
|
|
|
| 4161 |
|
|
end = get_last_insn ();
|
| 4162 |
|
|
if (head == end)
|
| 4163 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4164 |
|
|
/* While emitting the function end we could move end of the last basic block.
|
| 4165 |
|
|
*/
|
| 4166 |
|
|
BB_END (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->prev_bb) = orig_end;
|
| 4167 |
|
|
while (NEXT_INSN (head) && NOTE_P (NEXT_INSN (head)))
|
| 4168 |
|
|
head = NEXT_INSN (head);
|
| 4169 |
|
|
exit_block = create_basic_block (NEXT_INSN (head), end,
|
| 4170 |
|
|
EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->prev_bb);
|
| 4171 |
|
|
exit_block->frequency = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->frequency;
|
| 4172 |
|
|
exit_block->count = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->count;
|
| 4173 |
|
|
|
| 4174 |
|
|
ix = 0;
|
| 4175 |
|
|
while (ix < EDGE_COUNT (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->preds))
|
| 4176 |
|
|
{
|
| 4177 |
|
|
e = EDGE_PRED (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, ix);
|
| 4178 |
|
|
if (!(e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL))
|
| 4179 |
|
|
redirect_edge_succ (e, exit_block);
|
| 4180 |
|
|
else
|
| 4181 |
|
|
ix++;
|
| 4182 |
|
|
}
|
| 4183 |
|
|
|
| 4184 |
|
|
e = make_edge (exit_block, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, EDGE_FALLTHRU);
|
| 4185 |
|
|
e->probability = REG_BR_PROB_BASE;
|
| 4186 |
|
|
e->count = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->count;
|
| 4187 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_EDGE (e2, ei, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->preds)
|
| 4188 |
|
|
if (e2 != e)
|
| 4189 |
|
|
{
|
| 4190 |
|
|
e->count -= e2->count;
|
| 4191 |
|
|
exit_block->count -= e2->count;
|
| 4192 |
|
|
exit_block->frequency -= EDGE_FREQUENCY (e2);
|
| 4193 |
|
|
}
|
| 4194 |
|
|
if (e->count < 0)
|
| 4195 |
|
|
e->count = 0;
|
| 4196 |
|
|
if (exit_block->count < 0)
|
| 4197 |
|
|
exit_block->count = 0;
|
| 4198 |
|
|
if (exit_block->frequency < 0)
|
| 4199 |
|
|
exit_block->frequency = 0;
|
| 4200 |
|
|
update_bb_for_insn (exit_block);
|
| 4201 |
|
|
}
|
| 4202 |
|
|
|
| 4203 |
|
|
/* Helper function for discover_nonconstant_array_refs.
|
| 4204 |
|
|
Look for ARRAY_REF nodes with non-constant indexes and mark them
|
| 4205 |
|
|
addressable. */
|
| 4206 |
|
|
|
| 4207 |
|
|
static tree
|
| 4208 |
|
|
discover_nonconstant_array_refs_r (tree * tp, int *walk_subtrees,
|
| 4209 |
|
|
void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4210 |
|
|
{
|
| 4211 |
|
|
tree t = *tp;
|
| 4212 |
|
|
|
| 4213 |
|
|
if (IS_TYPE_OR_DECL_P (t))
|
| 4214 |
|
|
*walk_subtrees = 0;
|
| 4215 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (t) == ARRAY_REF || TREE_CODE (t) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF)
|
| 4216 |
|
|
{
|
| 4217 |
|
|
while (((TREE_CODE (t) == ARRAY_REF || TREE_CODE (t) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF)
|
| 4218 |
|
|
&& is_gimple_min_invariant (TREE_OPERAND (t, 1))
|
| 4219 |
|
|
&& (!TREE_OPERAND (t, 2)
|
| 4220 |
|
|
|| is_gimple_min_invariant (TREE_OPERAND (t, 2))))
|
| 4221 |
|
|
|| (TREE_CODE (t) == COMPONENT_REF
|
| 4222 |
|
|
&& (!TREE_OPERAND (t,2)
|
| 4223 |
|
|
|| is_gimple_min_invariant (TREE_OPERAND (t, 2))))
|
| 4224 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (t) == BIT_FIELD_REF
|
| 4225 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (t) == REALPART_EXPR
|
| 4226 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (t) == IMAGPART_EXPR
|
| 4227 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (t) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
|
| 4228 |
|
|
|| CONVERT_EXPR_P (t))
|
| 4229 |
|
|
t = TREE_OPERAND (t, 0);
|
| 4230 |
|
|
|
| 4231 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (t) == ARRAY_REF || TREE_CODE (t) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF)
|
| 4232 |
|
|
{
|
| 4233 |
|
|
t = get_base_address (t);
|
| 4234 |
|
|
if (t && DECL_P (t)
|
| 4235 |
|
|
&& DECL_MODE (t) != BLKmode)
|
| 4236 |
|
|
TREE_ADDRESSABLE (t) = 1;
|
| 4237 |
|
|
}
|
| 4238 |
|
|
|
| 4239 |
|
|
*walk_subtrees = 0;
|
| 4240 |
|
|
}
|
| 4241 |
|
|
|
| 4242 |
|
|
return NULL_TREE;
|
| 4243 |
|
|
}
|
| 4244 |
|
|
|
| 4245 |
|
|
/* RTL expansion is not able to compile array references with variable
|
| 4246 |
|
|
offsets for arrays stored in single register. Discover such
|
| 4247 |
|
|
expressions and mark variables as addressable to avoid this
|
| 4248 |
|
|
scenario. */
|
| 4249 |
|
|
|
| 4250 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4251 |
|
|
discover_nonconstant_array_refs (void)
|
| 4252 |
|
|
{
|
| 4253 |
|
|
basic_block bb;
|
| 4254 |
|
|
gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
|
| 4255 |
|
|
|
| 4256 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
|
| 4257 |
|
|
for (gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
|
| 4258 |
|
|
{
|
| 4259 |
|
|
gimple stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
|
| 4260 |
|
|
if (!is_gimple_debug (stmt))
|
| 4261 |
|
|
walk_gimple_op (stmt, discover_nonconstant_array_refs_r, NULL);
|
| 4262 |
|
|
}
|
| 4263 |
|
|
}
|
| 4264 |
|
|
|
| 4265 |
|
|
/* This function sets crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer to a virtual
|
| 4266 |
|
|
register if DRAP is needed. Local register allocator will replace
|
| 4267 |
|
|
virtual_incoming_args_rtx with the virtual register. */
|
| 4268 |
|
|
|
| 4269 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4270 |
|
|
expand_stack_alignment (void)
|
| 4271 |
|
|
{
|
| 4272 |
|
|
rtx drap_rtx;
|
| 4273 |
|
|
unsigned int preferred_stack_boundary;
|
| 4274 |
|
|
|
| 4275 |
|
|
if (! SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT)
|
| 4276 |
|
|
return;
|
| 4277 |
|
|
|
| 4278 |
|
|
if (cfun->calls_alloca
|
| 4279 |
|
|
|| cfun->has_nonlocal_label
|
| 4280 |
|
|
|| crtl->has_nonlocal_goto)
|
| 4281 |
|
|
crtl->need_drap = true;
|
| 4282 |
|
|
|
| 4283 |
|
|
/* Call update_stack_boundary here again to update incoming stack
|
| 4284 |
|
|
boundary. It may set incoming stack alignment to a different
|
| 4285 |
|
|
value after RTL expansion. TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL may
|
| 4286 |
|
|
use the minimum incoming stack alignment to check if it is OK
|
| 4287 |
|
|
to perform sibcall optimization since sibcall optimization will
|
| 4288 |
|
|
only align the outgoing stack to incoming stack boundary. */
|
| 4289 |
|
|
if (targetm.calls.update_stack_boundary)
|
| 4290 |
|
|
targetm.calls.update_stack_boundary ();
|
| 4291 |
|
|
|
| 4292 |
|
|
/* The incoming stack frame has to be aligned at least at
|
| 4293 |
|
|
parm_stack_boundary. */
|
| 4294 |
|
|
gcc_assert (crtl->parm_stack_boundary <= INCOMING_STACK_BOUNDARY);
|
| 4295 |
|
|
|
| 4296 |
|
|
/* Update crtl->stack_alignment_estimated and use it later to align
|
| 4297 |
|
|
stack. We check PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY if there may be non-call
|
| 4298 |
|
|
exceptions since callgraph doesn't collect incoming stack alignment
|
| 4299 |
|
|
in this case. */
|
| 4300 |
|
|
if (cfun->can_throw_non_call_exceptions
|
| 4301 |
|
|
&& PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY > crtl->preferred_stack_boundary)
|
| 4302 |
|
|
preferred_stack_boundary = PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY;
|
| 4303 |
|
|
else
|
| 4304 |
|
|
preferred_stack_boundary = crtl->preferred_stack_boundary;
|
| 4305 |
|
|
if (preferred_stack_boundary > crtl->stack_alignment_estimated)
|
| 4306 |
|
|
crtl->stack_alignment_estimated = preferred_stack_boundary;
|
| 4307 |
|
|
if (preferred_stack_boundary > crtl->stack_alignment_needed)
|
| 4308 |
|
|
crtl->stack_alignment_needed = preferred_stack_boundary;
|
| 4309 |
|
|
|
| 4310 |
|
|
gcc_assert (crtl->stack_alignment_needed
|
| 4311 |
|
|
<= crtl->stack_alignment_estimated);
|
| 4312 |
|
|
|
| 4313 |
|
|
crtl->stack_realign_needed
|
| 4314 |
|
|
= INCOMING_STACK_BOUNDARY < crtl->stack_alignment_estimated;
|
| 4315 |
|
|
crtl->stack_realign_tried = crtl->stack_realign_needed;
|
| 4316 |
|
|
|
| 4317 |
|
|
crtl->stack_realign_processed = true;
|
| 4318 |
|
|
|
| 4319 |
|
|
/* Target has to redefine TARGET_GET_DRAP_RTX to support stack
|
| 4320 |
|
|
alignment. */
|
| 4321 |
|
|
gcc_assert (targetm.calls.get_drap_rtx != NULL);
|
| 4322 |
|
|
drap_rtx = targetm.calls.get_drap_rtx ();
|
| 4323 |
|
|
|
| 4324 |
|
|
/* stack_realign_drap and drap_rtx must match. */
|
| 4325 |
|
|
gcc_assert ((stack_realign_drap != 0) == (drap_rtx != NULL));
|
| 4326 |
|
|
|
| 4327 |
|
|
/* Do nothing if NULL is returned, which means DRAP is not needed. */
|
| 4328 |
|
|
if (NULL != drap_rtx)
|
| 4329 |
|
|
{
|
| 4330 |
|
|
crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer = drap_rtx;
|
| 4331 |
|
|
|
| 4332 |
|
|
/* Call fixup_tail_calls to clean up REG_EQUIV note if DRAP is
|
| 4333 |
|
|
needed. */
|
| 4334 |
|
|
fixup_tail_calls ();
|
| 4335 |
|
|
}
|
| 4336 |
|
|
}
|
| 4337 |
|
|
|
| 4338 |
|
|
/* Translate the intermediate representation contained in the CFG
|
| 4339 |
|
|
from GIMPLE trees to RTL.
|
| 4340 |
|
|
|
| 4341 |
|
|
We do conversion per basic block and preserve/update the tree CFG.
|
| 4342 |
|
|
This implies we have to do some magic as the CFG can simultaneously
|
| 4343 |
|
|
consist of basic blocks containing RTL and GIMPLE trees. This can
|
| 4344 |
|
|
confuse the CFG hooks, so be careful to not manipulate CFG during
|
| 4345 |
|
|
the expansion. */
|
| 4346 |
|
|
|
| 4347 |
|
|
static unsigned int
|
| 4348 |
|
|
gimple_expand_cfg (void)
|
| 4349 |
|
|
{
|
| 4350 |
|
|
basic_block bb, init_block;
|
| 4351 |
|
|
sbitmap blocks;
|
| 4352 |
|
|
edge_iterator ei;
|
| 4353 |
|
|
edge e;
|
| 4354 |
|
|
rtx var_seq;
|
| 4355 |
|
|
unsigned i;
|
| 4356 |
|
|
|
| 4357 |
|
|
timevar_push (TV_OUT_OF_SSA);
|
| 4358 |
|
|
rewrite_out_of_ssa (&SA);
|
| 4359 |
|
|
timevar_pop (TV_OUT_OF_SSA);
|
| 4360 |
|
|
SA.partition_to_pseudo = (rtx *)xcalloc (SA.map->num_partitions,
|
| 4361 |
|
|
sizeof (rtx));
|
| 4362 |
|
|
|
| 4363 |
|
|
/* Some backends want to know that we are expanding to RTL. */
|
| 4364 |
|
|
currently_expanding_to_rtl = 1;
|
| 4365 |
|
|
|
| 4366 |
|
|
rtl_profile_for_bb (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR);
|
| 4367 |
|
|
|
| 4368 |
|
|
insn_locators_alloc ();
|
| 4369 |
|
|
if (!DECL_IS_BUILTIN (current_function_decl))
|
| 4370 |
|
|
{
|
| 4371 |
|
|
/* Eventually, all FEs should explicitly set function_start_locus. */
|
| 4372 |
|
|
if (cfun->function_start_locus == UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
|
| 4373 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_source_location
|
| 4374 |
|
|
(DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl));
|
| 4375 |
|
|
else
|
| 4376 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_source_location (cfun->function_start_locus);
|
| 4377 |
|
|
}
|
| 4378 |
|
|
else
|
| 4379 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_source_location (UNKNOWN_LOCATION);
|
| 4380 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_block (DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl));
|
| 4381 |
|
|
prologue_locator = curr_insn_locator ();
|
| 4382 |
|
|
|
| 4383 |
|
|
#ifdef INSN_SCHEDULING
|
| 4384 |
|
|
init_sched_attrs ();
|
| 4385 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 4386 |
|
|
|
| 4387 |
|
|
/* Make sure first insn is a note even if we don't want linenums.
|
| 4388 |
|
|
This makes sure the first insn will never be deleted.
|
| 4389 |
|
|
Also, final expects a note to appear there. */
|
| 4390 |
|
|
emit_note (NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
|
| 4391 |
|
|
|
| 4392 |
|
|
/* Mark arrays indexed with non-constant indices with TREE_ADDRESSABLE. */
|
| 4393 |
|
|
discover_nonconstant_array_refs ();
|
| 4394 |
|
|
|
| 4395 |
|
|
targetm.expand_to_rtl_hook ();
|
| 4396 |
|
|
crtl->stack_alignment_needed = STACK_BOUNDARY;
|
| 4397 |
|
|
crtl->max_used_stack_slot_alignment = STACK_BOUNDARY;
|
| 4398 |
|
|
crtl->stack_alignment_estimated = 0;
|
| 4399 |
|
|
crtl->preferred_stack_boundary = STACK_BOUNDARY;
|
| 4400 |
|
|
cfun->cfg->max_jumptable_ents = 0;
|
| 4401 |
|
|
|
| 4402 |
|
|
/* Resovle the function section. Some targets, like ARM EABI rely on knowledge
|
| 4403 |
|
|
of the function section at exapnsion time to predict distance of calls. */
|
| 4404 |
|
|
resolve_unique_section (current_function_decl, 0, flag_function_sections);
|
| 4405 |
|
|
|
| 4406 |
|
|
/* Expand the variables recorded during gimple lowering. */
|
| 4407 |
|
|
timevar_push (TV_VAR_EXPAND);
|
| 4408 |
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
| 4409 |
|
|
|
| 4410 |
|
|
expand_used_vars ();
|
| 4411 |
|
|
|
| 4412 |
|
|
var_seq = get_insns ();
|
| 4413 |
|
|
end_sequence ();
|
| 4414 |
|
|
timevar_pop (TV_VAR_EXPAND);
|
| 4415 |
|
|
|
| 4416 |
|
|
/* Honor stack protection warnings. */
|
| 4417 |
|
|
if (warn_stack_protect)
|
| 4418 |
|
|
{
|
| 4419 |
|
|
if (cfun->calls_alloca)
|
| 4420 |
|
|
warning (OPT_Wstack_protector,
|
| 4421 |
|
|
"stack protector not protecting local variables: "
|
| 4422 |
|
|
"variable length buffer");
|
| 4423 |
|
|
if (has_short_buffer && !crtl->stack_protect_guard)
|
| 4424 |
|
|
warning (OPT_Wstack_protector,
|
| 4425 |
|
|
"stack protector not protecting function: "
|
| 4426 |
|
|
"all local arrays are less than %d bytes long",
|
| 4427 |
|
|
(int) PARAM_VALUE (PARAM_SSP_BUFFER_SIZE));
|
| 4428 |
|
|
}
|
| 4429 |
|
|
|
| 4430 |
|
|
/* Set up parameters and prepare for return, for the function. */
|
| 4431 |
|
|
expand_function_start (current_function_decl);
|
| 4432 |
|
|
|
| 4433 |
|
|
/* If we emitted any instructions for setting up the variables,
|
| 4434 |
|
|
emit them before the FUNCTION_START note. */
|
| 4435 |
|
|
if (var_seq)
|
| 4436 |
|
|
{
|
| 4437 |
|
|
emit_insn_before (var_seq, parm_birth_insn);
|
| 4438 |
|
|
|
| 4439 |
|
|
/* In expand_function_end we'll insert the alloca save/restore
|
| 4440 |
|
|
before parm_birth_insn. We've just insertted an alloca call.
|
| 4441 |
|
|
Adjust the pointer to match. */
|
| 4442 |
|
|
parm_birth_insn = var_seq;
|
| 4443 |
|
|
}
|
| 4444 |
|
|
|
| 4445 |
|
|
/* Now that we also have the parameter RTXs, copy them over to our
|
| 4446 |
|
|
partitions. */
|
| 4447 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < SA.map->num_partitions; i++)
|
| 4448 |
|
|
{
|
| 4449 |
|
|
tree var = SSA_NAME_VAR (partition_to_var (SA.map, i));
|
| 4450 |
|
|
|
| 4451 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (var) != VAR_DECL
|
| 4452 |
|
|
&& !SA.partition_to_pseudo[i])
|
| 4453 |
|
|
SA.partition_to_pseudo[i] = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (var);
|
| 4454 |
|
|
gcc_assert (SA.partition_to_pseudo[i]);
|
| 4455 |
|
|
|
| 4456 |
|
|
/* If this decl was marked as living in multiple places, reset
|
| 4457 |
|
|
this now to NULL. */
|
| 4458 |
|
|
if (DECL_RTL_IF_SET (var) == pc_rtx)
|
| 4459 |
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL (var, NULL);
|
| 4460 |
|
|
|
| 4461 |
|
|
/* Some RTL parts really want to look at DECL_RTL(x) when x
|
| 4462 |
|
|
was a decl marked in REG_ATTR or MEM_ATTR. We could use
|
| 4463 |
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL here making this available, but that would mean
|
| 4464 |
|
|
to select one of the potentially many RTLs for one DECL. Instead
|
| 4465 |
|
|
of doing that we simply reset the MEM_EXPR of the RTL in question,
|
| 4466 |
|
|
then nobody can get at it and hence nobody can call DECL_RTL on it. */
|
| 4467 |
|
|
if (!DECL_RTL_SET_P (var))
|
| 4468 |
|
|
{
|
| 4469 |
|
|
if (MEM_P (SA.partition_to_pseudo[i]))
|
| 4470 |
|
|
set_mem_expr (SA.partition_to_pseudo[i], NULL);
|
| 4471 |
|
|
}
|
| 4472 |
|
|
}
|
| 4473 |
|
|
|
| 4474 |
|
|
/* If we have a class containing differently aligned pointers
|
| 4475 |
|
|
we need to merge those into the corresponding RTL pointer
|
| 4476 |
|
|
alignment. */
|
| 4477 |
|
|
for (i = 1; i < num_ssa_names; i++)
|
| 4478 |
|
|
{
|
| 4479 |
|
|
tree name = ssa_name (i);
|
| 4480 |
|
|
int part;
|
| 4481 |
|
|
rtx r;
|
| 4482 |
|
|
|
| 4483 |
|
|
if (!name
|
| 4484 |
|
|
|| !POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (name))
|
| 4485 |
|
|
/* We might have generated new SSA names in
|
| 4486 |
|
|
update_alias_info_with_stack_vars. They will have a NULL
|
| 4487 |
|
|
defining statements, and won't be part of the partitioning,
|
| 4488 |
|
|
so ignore those. */
|
| 4489 |
|
|
|| !SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name))
|
| 4490 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 4491 |
|
|
part = var_to_partition (SA.map, name);
|
| 4492 |
|
|
if (part == NO_PARTITION)
|
| 4493 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 4494 |
|
|
r = SA.partition_to_pseudo[part];
|
| 4495 |
|
|
if (REG_P (r))
|
| 4496 |
|
|
mark_reg_pointer (r, get_pointer_alignment (name));
|
| 4497 |
|
|
}
|
| 4498 |
|
|
|
| 4499 |
|
|
/* If this function is `main', emit a call to `__main'
|
| 4500 |
|
|
to run global initializers, etc. */
|
| 4501 |
|
|
if (DECL_NAME (current_function_decl)
|
| 4502 |
|
|
&& MAIN_NAME_P (DECL_NAME (current_function_decl))
|
| 4503 |
|
|
&& DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (current_function_decl))
|
| 4504 |
|
|
expand_main_function ();
|
| 4505 |
|
|
|
| 4506 |
|
|
/* Initialize the stack_protect_guard field. This must happen after the
|
| 4507 |
|
|
call to __main (if any) so that the external decl is initialized. */
|
| 4508 |
|
|
if (crtl->stack_protect_guard)
|
| 4509 |
|
|
stack_protect_prologue ();
|
| 4510 |
|
|
|
| 4511 |
|
|
expand_phi_nodes (&SA);
|
| 4512 |
|
|
|
| 4513 |
|
|
/* Register rtl specific functions for cfg. */
|
| 4514 |
|
|
rtl_register_cfg_hooks ();
|
| 4515 |
|
|
|
| 4516 |
|
|
init_block = construct_init_block ();
|
| 4517 |
|
|
|
| 4518 |
|
|
/* Clear EDGE_EXECUTABLE on the entry edge(s). It is cleaned from the
|
| 4519 |
|
|
remaining edges later. */
|
| 4520 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->succs)
|
| 4521 |
|
|
e->flags &= ~EDGE_EXECUTABLE;
|
| 4522 |
|
|
|
| 4523 |
|
|
lab_rtx_for_bb = pointer_map_create ();
|
| 4524 |
|
|
FOR_BB_BETWEEN (bb, init_block->next_bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, next_bb)
|
| 4525 |
|
|
bb = expand_gimple_basic_block (bb);
|
| 4526 |
|
|
|
| 4527 |
|
|
if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS)
|
| 4528 |
|
|
expand_debug_locations ();
|
| 4529 |
|
|
|
| 4530 |
|
|
execute_free_datastructures ();
|
| 4531 |
|
|
timevar_push (TV_OUT_OF_SSA);
|
| 4532 |
|
|
finish_out_of_ssa (&SA);
|
| 4533 |
|
|
timevar_pop (TV_OUT_OF_SSA);
|
| 4534 |
|
|
|
| 4535 |
|
|
timevar_push (TV_POST_EXPAND);
|
| 4536 |
|
|
/* We are no longer in SSA form. */
|
| 4537 |
|
|
cfun->gimple_df->in_ssa_p = false;
|
| 4538 |
|
|
|
| 4539 |
|
|
/* Expansion is used by optimization passes too, set maybe_hot_insn_p
|
| 4540 |
|
|
conservatively to true until they are all profile aware. */
|
| 4541 |
|
|
pointer_map_destroy (lab_rtx_for_bb);
|
| 4542 |
|
|
free_histograms ();
|
| 4543 |
|
|
|
| 4544 |
|
|
construct_exit_block ();
|
| 4545 |
|
|
set_curr_insn_block (DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl));
|
| 4546 |
|
|
insn_locators_finalize ();
|
| 4547 |
|
|
|
| 4548 |
|
|
/* Zap the tree EH table. */
|
| 4549 |
|
|
set_eh_throw_stmt_table (cfun, NULL);
|
| 4550 |
|
|
|
| 4551 |
|
|
/* We need JUMP_LABEL be set in order to redirect jumps, and hence
|
| 4552 |
|
|
split edges which edge insertions might do. */
|
| 4553 |
|
|
rebuild_jump_labels (get_insns ());
|
| 4554 |
|
|
|
| 4555 |
|
|
FOR_BB_BETWEEN (bb, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, next_bb)
|
| 4556 |
|
|
{
|
| 4557 |
|
|
edge e;
|
| 4558 |
|
|
edge_iterator ei;
|
| 4559 |
|
|
for (ei = ei_start (bb->succs); (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)); )
|
| 4560 |
|
|
{
|
| 4561 |
|
|
if (e->insns.r)
|
| 4562 |
|
|
{
|
| 4563 |
|
|
rebuild_jump_labels_chain (e->insns.r);
|
| 4564 |
|
|
/* Avoid putting insns before parm_birth_insn. */
|
| 4565 |
|
|
if (e->src == ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR
|
| 4566 |
|
|
&& single_succ_p (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR)
|
| 4567 |
|
|
&& parm_birth_insn)
|
| 4568 |
|
|
{
|
| 4569 |
|
|
rtx insns = e->insns.r;
|
| 4570 |
|
|
e->insns.r = NULL_RTX;
|
| 4571 |
|
|
emit_insn_after_noloc (insns, parm_birth_insn, e->dest);
|
| 4572 |
|
|
}
|
| 4573 |
|
|
else
|
| 4574 |
|
|
commit_one_edge_insertion (e);
|
| 4575 |
|
|
}
|
| 4576 |
|
|
else
|
| 4577 |
|
|
ei_next (&ei);
|
| 4578 |
|
|
}
|
| 4579 |
|
|
}
|
| 4580 |
|
|
|
| 4581 |
|
|
/* We're done expanding trees to RTL. */
|
| 4582 |
|
|
currently_expanding_to_rtl = 0;
|
| 4583 |
|
|
|
| 4584 |
|
|
FOR_BB_BETWEEN (bb, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, next_bb)
|
| 4585 |
|
|
{
|
| 4586 |
|
|
edge e;
|
| 4587 |
|
|
edge_iterator ei;
|
| 4588 |
|
|
for (ei = ei_start (bb->succs); (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)); )
|
| 4589 |
|
|
{
|
| 4590 |
|
|
/* Clear EDGE_EXECUTABLE. This flag is never used in the backend. */
|
| 4591 |
|
|
e->flags &= ~EDGE_EXECUTABLE;
|
| 4592 |
|
|
|
| 4593 |
|
|
/* At the moment not all abnormal edges match the RTL
|
| 4594 |
|
|
representation. It is safe to remove them here as
|
| 4595 |
|
|
find_many_sub_basic_blocks will rediscover them.
|
| 4596 |
|
|
In the future we should get this fixed properly. */
|
| 4597 |
|
|
if ((e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL)
|
| 4598 |
|
|
&& !(e->flags & EDGE_SIBCALL))
|
| 4599 |
|
|
remove_edge (e);
|
| 4600 |
|
|
else
|
| 4601 |
|
|
ei_next (&ei);
|
| 4602 |
|
|
}
|
| 4603 |
|
|
}
|
| 4604 |
|
|
|
| 4605 |
|
|
blocks = sbitmap_alloc (last_basic_block);
|
| 4606 |
|
|
sbitmap_ones (blocks);
|
| 4607 |
|
|
find_many_sub_basic_blocks (blocks);
|
| 4608 |
|
|
sbitmap_free (blocks);
|
| 4609 |
|
|
purge_all_dead_edges ();
|
| 4610 |
|
|
|
| 4611 |
|
|
compact_blocks ();
|
| 4612 |
|
|
|
| 4613 |
|
|
expand_stack_alignment ();
|
| 4614 |
|
|
|
| 4615 |
|
|
#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
|
| 4616 |
|
|
verify_flow_info ();
|
| 4617 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 4618 |
|
|
|
| 4619 |
|
|
/* There's no need to defer outputting this function any more; we
|
| 4620 |
|
|
know we want to output it. */
|
| 4621 |
|
|
DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (current_function_decl) = 0;
|
| 4622 |
|
|
|
| 4623 |
|
|
/* Now that we're done expanding trees to RTL, we shouldn't have any
|
| 4624 |
|
|
more CONCATs anywhere. */
|
| 4625 |
|
|
generating_concat_p = 0;
|
| 4626 |
|
|
|
| 4627 |
|
|
if (dump_file)
|
| 4628 |
|
|
{
|
| 4629 |
|
|
fprintf (dump_file,
|
| 4630 |
|
|
"\n\n;;\n;; Full RTL generated for this function:\n;;\n");
|
| 4631 |
|
|
/* And the pass manager will dump RTL for us. */
|
| 4632 |
|
|
}
|
| 4633 |
|
|
|
| 4634 |
|
|
/* If we're emitting a nested function, make sure its parent gets
|
| 4635 |
|
|
emitted as well. Doing otherwise confuses debug info. */
|
| 4636 |
|
|
{
|
| 4637 |
|
|
tree parent;
|
| 4638 |
|
|
for (parent = DECL_CONTEXT (current_function_decl);
|
| 4639 |
|
|
parent != NULL_TREE;
|
| 4640 |
|
|
parent = get_containing_scope (parent))
|
| 4641 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (parent) == FUNCTION_DECL)
|
| 4642 |
|
|
TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (parent)) = 1;
|
| 4643 |
|
|
}
|
| 4644 |
|
|
|
| 4645 |
|
|
/* We are now committed to emitting code for this function. Do any
|
| 4646 |
|
|
preparation, such as emitting abstract debug info for the inline
|
| 4647 |
|
|
before it gets mangled by optimization. */
|
| 4648 |
|
|
if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (current_function_decl))
|
| 4649 |
|
|
(*debug_hooks->outlining_inline_function) (current_function_decl);
|
| 4650 |
|
|
|
| 4651 |
|
|
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (current_function_decl) = 1;
|
| 4652 |
|
|
|
| 4653 |
|
|
/* After expanding, the return labels are no longer needed. */
|
| 4654 |
|
|
return_label = NULL;
|
| 4655 |
|
|
naked_return_label = NULL;
|
| 4656 |
|
|
|
| 4657 |
|
|
/* After expanding, the tm_restart map is no longer needed. */
|
| 4658 |
|
|
if (cfun->gimple_df->tm_restart)
|
| 4659 |
|
|
{
|
| 4660 |
|
|
htab_delete (cfun->gimple_df->tm_restart);
|
| 4661 |
|
|
cfun->gimple_df->tm_restart = NULL;
|
| 4662 |
|
|
}
|
| 4663 |
|
|
|
| 4664 |
|
|
/* Tag the blocks with a depth number so that change_scope can find
|
| 4665 |
|
|
the common parent easily. */
|
| 4666 |
|
|
set_block_levels (DECL_INITIAL (cfun->decl), 0);
|
| 4667 |
|
|
default_rtl_profile ();
|
| 4668 |
|
|
timevar_pop (TV_POST_EXPAND);
|
| 4669 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4670 |
|
|
}
|
| 4671 |
|
|
|
| 4672 |
|
|
struct rtl_opt_pass pass_expand =
|
| 4673 |
|
|
{
|
| 4674 |
|
|
{
|
| 4675 |
|
|
RTL_PASS,
|
| 4676 |
|
|
"expand", /* name */
|
| 4677 |
|
|
NULL, /* gate */
|
| 4678 |
|
|
gimple_expand_cfg, /* execute */
|
| 4679 |
|
|
NULL, /* sub */
|
| 4680 |
|
|
NULL, /* next */
|
| 4681 |
|
|
0, /* static_pass_number */
|
| 4682 |
|
|
TV_EXPAND, /* tv_id */
|
| 4683 |
|
|
PROP_ssa | PROP_gimple_leh | PROP_cfg
|
| 4684 |
|
|
| PROP_gimple_lcx, /* properties_required */
|
| 4685 |
|
|
PROP_rtl, /* properties_provided */
|
| 4686 |
|
|
PROP_ssa | PROP_trees, /* properties_destroyed */
|
| 4687 |
|
|
TODO_verify_ssa | TODO_verify_flow
|
| 4688 |
|
|
| TODO_verify_stmts, /* todo_flags_start */
|
| 4689 |
|
|
TODO_ggc_collect /* todo_flags_finish */
|
| 4690 |
|
|
}
|
| 4691 |
|
|
};
|